]>
Commit | Line | Data |
---|---|---|
1 | /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2 | // Name: generic/grid.cpp | |
3 | // Purpose: wxGrid and related classes | |
4 | // Author: Michael Bedward (based on code by Julian Smart, Robin Dunn) | |
5 | // Modified by: Robin Dunn, Vadim Zeitlin | |
6 | // Created: 1/08/1999 | |
7 | // RCS-ID: $Id$ | |
8 | // Copyright: (c) Michael Bedward (mbedward@ozemail.com.au) | |
9 | // Licence: wxWindows licence | |
10 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
11 | ||
12 | // ============================================================================ | |
13 | // declarations | |
14 | // ============================================================================ | |
15 | ||
16 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
17 | // headers | |
18 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
19 | ||
20 | #ifdef __GNUG__ | |
21 | #pragma implementation "grid.h" | |
22 | #endif | |
23 | ||
24 | // For compilers that support precompilatixon, includes "wx/wx.h". | |
25 | #include "wx/wxprec.h" | |
26 | ||
27 | #include "wx/defs.h" | |
28 | ||
29 | #ifdef __BORLANDC__ | |
30 | #pragma hdrstop | |
31 | #endif | |
32 | ||
33 | #if wxUSE_GRID | |
34 | ||
35 | #if !defined(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) || !(wxUSE_NEW_GRID) | |
36 | #include "gridg.cpp" | |
37 | #else // wxUSE_NEW_GRID | |
38 | ||
39 | #ifndef WX_PRECOMP | |
40 | #include "wx/utils.h" | |
41 | #include "wx/dcclient.h" | |
42 | #include "wx/settings.h" | |
43 | #include "wx/log.h" | |
44 | #include "wx/textctrl.h" | |
45 | #include "wx/checkbox.h" | |
46 | #include "wx/combobox.h" | |
47 | #include "wx/valtext.h" | |
48 | #endif | |
49 | ||
50 | #include "wx/textfile.h" | |
51 | #include "wx/spinctrl.h" | |
52 | #include "wx/tokenzr.h" | |
53 | ||
54 | #include "wx/grid.h" | |
55 | #include "wx/generic/gridsel.h" | |
56 | ||
57 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
58 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
59 | #else | |
60 | #define WXUNUSED_MOTIF(identifier) identifier | |
61 | #endif | |
62 | ||
63 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
64 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) WXUNUSED(identifier) | |
65 | #else | |
66 | #define WXUNUSED_GTK(identifier) identifier | |
67 | #endif | |
68 | ||
69 | // Required for wxIs... functions | |
70 | #include <ctype.h> | |
71 | ||
72 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
73 | // array classes | |
74 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
75 | ||
76 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridCellAttr *, wxArrayAttrs); | |
77 | ||
78 | struct wxGridCellWithAttr | |
79 | { | |
80 | wxGridCellWithAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr_) | |
81 | : coords(row, col), attr(attr_) | |
82 | { | |
83 | } | |
84 | ||
85 | ~wxGridCellWithAttr() | |
86 | { | |
87 | attr->DecRef(); | |
88 | } | |
89 | ||
90 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
91 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
92 | }; | |
93 | ||
94 | WX_DECLARE_EXPORTED_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttr, wxGridCellWithAttrArray); | |
95 | ||
96 | #include "wx/arrimpl.cpp" | |
97 | ||
98 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellCoordsArray) | |
99 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridCellWithAttrArray) | |
100 | ||
101 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
102 | // events | |
103 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
104 | ||
105 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
106 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
107 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
108 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
109 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK) | |
110 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK) | |
111 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK) | |
112 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK) | |
113 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE) | |
114 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE) | |
115 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT) | |
116 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE) | |
117 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL) | |
118 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) | |
119 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN) | |
120 | DEFINE_EVENT_TYPE(wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED) | |
121 | ||
122 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
123 | // private classes | |
124 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
125 | ||
126 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
127 | { | |
128 | public: | |
129 | wxGridRowLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
130 | wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
131 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
132 | ||
133 | private: | |
134 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
135 | ||
136 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
137 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
138 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
139 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
140 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
141 | ||
142 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridRowLabelWindow) | |
143 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
144 | }; | |
145 | ||
146 | ||
147 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridColLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
148 | { | |
149 | public: | |
150 | wxGridColLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
151 | wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
152 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
153 | ||
154 | private: | |
155 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
156 | ||
157 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
158 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
159 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
160 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
161 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
162 | ||
163 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridColLabelWindow) | |
164 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
165 | }; | |
166 | ||
167 | ||
168 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCornerLabelWindow : public wxWindow | |
169 | { | |
170 | public: | |
171 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow() { m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; } | |
172 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, wxWindowID id, | |
173 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
174 | ||
175 | private: | |
176 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
177 | ||
178 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
179 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
180 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ); | |
181 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
182 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& event ); | |
183 | ||
184 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCornerLabelWindow) | |
185 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
186 | }; | |
187 | ||
188 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridWindow : public wxWindow | |
189 | { | |
190 | public: | |
191 | wxGridWindow() | |
192 | { | |
193 | m_owner = (wxGrid *)NULL; | |
194 | m_rowLabelWin = (wxGridRowLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
195 | m_colLabelWin = (wxGridColLabelWindow *)NULL; | |
196 | } | |
197 | ||
198 | wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
199 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
200 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
201 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ); | |
202 | ~wxGridWindow(); | |
203 | ||
204 | void ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ); | |
205 | ||
206 | private: | |
207 | wxGrid *m_owner; | |
208 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *m_rowLabelWin; | |
209 | wxGridColLabelWindow *m_colLabelWin; | |
210 | ||
211 | void OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &event ); | |
212 | void OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
213 | void OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ); | |
214 | void OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
215 | void OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& ); | |
216 | void OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& ); | |
217 | ||
218 | ||
219 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridWindow) | |
220 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
221 | }; | |
222 | ||
223 | ||
224 | ||
225 | class wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler : public wxEvtHandler | |
226 | { | |
227 | public: | |
228 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler() | |
229 | : m_grid(0), m_editor(0) | |
230 | { } | |
231 | wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(wxGrid* grid, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
232 | : m_grid(grid), m_editor(editor) | |
233 | { } | |
234 | ||
235 | void OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
236 | void OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event); | |
237 | ||
238 | private: | |
239 | wxGrid* m_grid; | |
240 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
241 | DECLARE_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler) | |
242 | DECLARE_EVENT_TABLE() | |
243 | }; | |
244 | ||
245 | ||
246 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
247 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler, wxEvtHandler ) | |
248 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown ) | |
249 | EVT_CHAR( wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar ) | |
250 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
251 | ||
252 | ||
253 | ||
254 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
255 | // the internal data representation used by wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
256 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
257 | ||
258 | // this class stores attributes set for cells | |
259 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrData | |
260 | { | |
261 | public: | |
262 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col); | |
263 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int row, int col) const; | |
264 | void UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ); | |
265 | void UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ); | |
266 | ||
267 | private: | |
268 | // searches for the attr for given cell, returns wxNOT_FOUND if not found | |
269 | int FindIndex(int row, int col) const; | |
270 | ||
271 | wxGridCellWithAttrArray m_attrs; | |
272 | }; | |
273 | ||
274 | // this class stores attributes set for rows or columns | |
275 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
276 | { | |
277 | public: | |
278 | // empty ctor to suppress warnings | |
279 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData() { } | |
280 | ~wxGridRowOrColAttrData(); | |
281 | ||
282 | void SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol); | |
283 | wxGridCellAttr *GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const; | |
284 | void UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ); | |
285 | ||
286 | private: | |
287 | wxArrayInt m_rowsOrCols; | |
288 | wxArrayAttrs m_attrs; | |
289 | }; | |
290 | ||
291 | // NB: this is just a wrapper around 3 objects: one which stores cell | |
292 | // attributes, and 2 others for row/col ones | |
293 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridCellAttrProviderData | |
294 | { | |
295 | public: | |
296 | wxGridCellAttrData m_cellAttrs; | |
297 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData m_rowAttrs, | |
298 | m_colAttrs; | |
299 | }; | |
300 | ||
301 | ||
302 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
303 | // data structures used for the data type registry | |
304 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
305 | ||
306 | struct wxGridDataTypeInfo | |
307 | { | |
308 | wxGridDataTypeInfo(const wxString& typeName, | |
309 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
310 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
311 | : m_typeName(typeName), m_renderer(renderer), m_editor(editor) | |
312 | { } | |
313 | ||
314 | ~wxGridDataTypeInfo() | |
315 | { | |
316 | wxSafeDecRef(m_renderer); | |
317 | wxSafeDecRef(m_editor); | |
318 | } | |
319 | ||
320 | wxString m_typeName; | |
321 | wxGridCellRenderer* m_renderer; | |
322 | wxGridCellEditor* m_editor; | |
323 | }; | |
324 | ||
325 | ||
326 | WX_DEFINE_EXPORTED_ARRAY(wxGridDataTypeInfo*, wxGridDataTypeInfoArray); | |
327 | ||
328 | ||
329 | class WXDLLEXPORT wxGridTypeRegistry | |
330 | { | |
331 | public: | |
332 | wxGridTypeRegistry() {} | |
333 | ~wxGridTypeRegistry(); | |
334 | ||
335 | void RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
336 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
337 | wxGridCellEditor* editor); | |
338 | ||
339 | // find one of already registered data types | |
340 | int FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
341 | ||
342 | // try to FindRegisteredDataType(), if this fails and typeName is one of | |
343 | // standard typenames, register it and return its index | |
344 | int FindDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
345 | ||
346 | // try to FindDataType(), if it fails see if it is not one of already | |
347 | // registered data types with some params in which case clone the | |
348 | // registered data type and set params for it | |
349 | int FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName); | |
350 | ||
351 | wxGridCellRenderer* GetRenderer(int index); | |
352 | wxGridCellEditor* GetEditor(int index); | |
353 | ||
354 | private: | |
355 | wxGridDataTypeInfoArray m_typeinfo; | |
356 | }; | |
357 | ||
358 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
359 | // conditional compilation | |
360 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
361 | ||
362 | #ifndef WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
363 | #define WXGRID_DRAW_LINES 1 | |
364 | #endif | |
365 | ||
366 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
367 | // globals | |
368 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
369 | ||
370 | //#define DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
371 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
372 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheHits = 0; | |
373 | static size_t gs_nAttrCacheMisses = 0; | |
374 | #endif // DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
375 | ||
376 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
377 | // constants | |
378 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
379 | ||
380 | wxGridCellCoords wxGridNoCellCoords( -1, -1 ); | |
381 | wxRect wxGridNoCellRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
382 | ||
383 | // scroll line size | |
384 | // TODO: this doesn't work at all, grid cells have different sizes and approx | |
385 | // calculations don't work as because of the size mismatch scrollbars | |
386 | // sometimes fail to be shown when they should be or vice versa | |
387 | // | |
388 | // The scroll bars may be a little flakey once in a while, but that is | |
389 | // surely much less horrible than having scroll lines of only 1!!! | |
390 | // -- Robin | |
391 | // | |
392 | // Well, it's still seriously broken so it might be better but needs | |
393 | // fixing anyhow | |
394 | // -- Vadim | |
395 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X = 15; // 1; | |
396 | static const size_t GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y = GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
397 | ||
398 | // the size of hash tables used a bit everywhere (the max number of elements | |
399 | // in these hash tables is the number of rows/columns) | |
400 | static const int GRID_HASH_SIZE = 100; | |
401 | ||
402 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
403 | // private functions | |
404 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
405 | ||
406 | static inline int GetScrollX(int x) | |
407 | { | |
408 | return (x + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
409 | } | |
410 | ||
411 | static inline int GetScrollY(int y) | |
412 | { | |
413 | return (y + GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y - 1) / GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
414 | } | |
415 | ||
416 | // ============================================================================ | |
417 | // implementation | |
418 | // ============================================================================ | |
419 | ||
420 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
421 | // wxGridCellEditor | |
422 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
423 | ||
424 | wxGridCellEditor::wxGridCellEditor() | |
425 | { | |
426 | m_control = NULL; | |
427 | } | |
428 | ||
429 | ||
430 | wxGridCellEditor::~wxGridCellEditor() | |
431 | { | |
432 | Destroy(); | |
433 | } | |
434 | ||
435 | void wxGridCellEditor::Create(wxWindow* WXUNUSED(parent), | |
436 | wxWindowID WXUNUSED(id), | |
437 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
438 | { | |
439 | if ( evtHandler ) | |
440 | m_control->PushEventHandler(evtHandler); | |
441 | } | |
442 | ||
443 | void wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
444 | wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
445 | { | |
446 | // erase the background because we might not fill the cell | |
447 | wxClientDC dc(m_control->GetParent()); | |
448 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
449 | dc.SetBrush(wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
450 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectCell); | |
451 | ||
452 | // redraw the control we just painted over | |
453 | m_control->Refresh(); | |
454 | } | |
455 | ||
456 | void wxGridCellEditor::Destroy() | |
457 | { | |
458 | if (m_control) | |
459 | { | |
460 | m_control->PopEventHandler(TRUE /* delete it*/); | |
461 | ||
462 | m_control->Destroy(); | |
463 | m_control = NULL; | |
464 | } | |
465 | } | |
466 | ||
467 | void wxGridCellEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
468 | { | |
469 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
470 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
471 | m_control->Show(show); | |
472 | ||
473 | if ( show ) | |
474 | { | |
475 | // set the colours/fonts if we have any | |
476 | if ( attr ) | |
477 | { | |
478 | m_colFgOld = m_control->GetForegroundColour(); | |
479 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(attr->GetTextColour()); | |
480 | ||
481 | m_colBgOld = m_control->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
482 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(attr->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
483 | ||
484 | m_fontOld = m_control->GetFont(); | |
485 | m_control->SetFont(attr->GetFont()); | |
486 | ||
487 | // can't do anything more in the base class version, the other | |
488 | // attributes may only be used by the derived classes | |
489 | } | |
490 | } | |
491 | else | |
492 | { | |
493 | // restore the standard colours fonts | |
494 | if ( m_colFgOld.Ok() ) | |
495 | { | |
496 | m_control->SetForegroundColour(m_colFgOld); | |
497 | m_colFgOld = wxNullColour; | |
498 | } | |
499 | ||
500 | if ( m_colBgOld.Ok() ) | |
501 | { | |
502 | m_control->SetBackgroundColour(m_colBgOld); | |
503 | m_colBgOld = wxNullColour; | |
504 | } | |
505 | ||
506 | if ( m_fontOld.Ok() ) | |
507 | { | |
508 | m_control->SetFont(m_fontOld); | |
509 | m_fontOld = wxNullFont; | |
510 | } | |
511 | } | |
512 | } | |
513 | ||
514 | void wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rect) | |
515 | { | |
516 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
517 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
518 | m_control->SetSize(rect, wxSIZE_ALLOW_MINUS_ONE); | |
519 | } | |
520 | ||
521 | void wxGridCellEditor::HandleReturn(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
522 | { | |
523 | event.Skip(); | |
524 | } | |
525 | ||
526 | bool wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
527 | { | |
528 | // accept the simple key presses, not anything with Ctrl/Alt/Meta | |
529 | return !(event.ControlDown() || event.AltDown()); | |
530 | } | |
531 | ||
532 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
533 | { | |
534 | event.Skip(); | |
535 | } | |
536 | ||
537 | void wxGridCellEditor::StartingClick() | |
538 | { | |
539 | } | |
540 | ||
541 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
542 | ||
543 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
544 | // wxGridCellTextEditor | |
545 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
546 | ||
547 | wxGridCellTextEditor::wxGridCellTextEditor() | |
548 | { | |
549 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
550 | } | |
551 | ||
552 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
553 | wxWindowID id, | |
554 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
555 | { | |
556 | m_control = new wxTextCtrl(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
557 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize | |
558 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
559 | , wxTE_PROCESS_TAB | wxTE_MULTILINE | | |
560 | wxTE_NO_VSCROLL | wxTE_AUTO_SCROLL | |
561 | #endif | |
562 | ); | |
563 | ||
564 | // TODO: use m_maxChars | |
565 | ||
566 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
567 | } | |
568 | ||
569 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& WXUNUSED(rectCell), | |
570 | wxGridCellAttr * WXUNUSED(attr)) | |
571 | { | |
572 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
573 | // flicker | |
574 | } | |
575 | ||
576 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& rectOrig) | |
577 | { | |
578 | wxRect rect(rectOrig); | |
579 | ||
580 | // Make the edit control large enough to allow for internal | |
581 | // margins | |
582 | // | |
583 | // TODO: remove this if the text ctrl sizing is improved esp. for | |
584 | // unix | |
585 | // | |
586 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) | |
587 | if (rect.x != 0) | |
588 | { | |
589 | rect.x += 1; | |
590 | rect.y += 1; | |
591 | rect.width -= 1; | |
592 | rect.height -= 1; | |
593 | } | |
594 | #else // !GTK | |
595 | int extra_x = ( rect.x > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
596 | ||
597 | // MB: treat MSW separately here otherwise the caret doesn't show | |
598 | // when the editor is in the first row. | |
599 | #if defined(__WXMSW__) | |
600 | int extra_y = 2; | |
601 | #else | |
602 | int extra_y = ( rect.y > 2 )? 2 : 1; | |
603 | #endif // MSW | |
604 | ||
605 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
606 | extra_x *= 2; | |
607 | extra_y *= 2; | |
608 | #endif | |
609 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, rect.x - extra_x) ); | |
610 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, rect.y - extra_y) ); | |
611 | rect.SetRight( rect.GetRight() + 2*extra_x ); | |
612 | rect.SetBottom( rect.GetBottom() + 2*extra_y ); | |
613 | #endif // GTK/!GTK | |
614 | ||
615 | wxGridCellEditor::SetSize(rect); | |
616 | } | |
617 | ||
618 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
619 | { | |
620 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
621 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
622 | ||
623 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
624 | ||
625 | DoBeginEdit(m_startValue); | |
626 | } | |
627 | ||
628 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoBeginEdit(const wxString& startValue) | |
629 | { | |
630 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
631 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
632 | Text()->SetFocus(); | |
633 | } | |
634 | ||
635 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
636 | wxGrid* grid) | |
637 | { | |
638 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
639 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
640 | ||
641 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
642 | wxString value = Text()->GetValue(); | |
643 | if (value != m_startValue) | |
644 | changed = TRUE; | |
645 | ||
646 | if (changed) | |
647 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
648 | ||
649 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
650 | Text()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
651 | ||
652 | return changed; | |
653 | } | |
654 | ||
655 | ||
656 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::Reset() | |
657 | { | |
658 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
659 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
660 | ||
661 | DoReset(m_startValue); | |
662 | } | |
663 | ||
664 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::DoReset(const wxString& startValue) | |
665 | { | |
666 | Text()->SetValue(startValue); | |
667 | Text()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
668 | } | |
669 | ||
670 | bool wxGridCellTextEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
671 | { | |
672 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
673 | { | |
674 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
675 | switch ( keycode ) | |
676 | { | |
677 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
678 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
679 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
680 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
681 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
682 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
683 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
684 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
685 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
686 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
687 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
688 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
689 | case WXK_ADD: | |
690 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
691 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
692 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
693 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
694 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
695 | case WXK_DIVIDE: | |
696 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DIVIDE: | |
697 | return TRUE; | |
698 | ||
699 | default: | |
700 | // accept 8 bit chars too if isprint() agrees | |
701 | if ( (keycode < 255) && (isprint(keycode)) ) | |
702 | return TRUE; | |
703 | } | |
704 | } | |
705 | ||
706 | return FALSE; | |
707 | } | |
708 | ||
709 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
710 | { | |
711 | if ( !Text()->EmulateKeyPress(event) ) | |
712 | { | |
713 | event.Skip(); | |
714 | } | |
715 | } | |
716 | ||
717 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::HandleReturn( wxKeyEvent& | |
718 | WXUNUSED_GTK(WXUNUSED_MOTIF(event)) ) | |
719 | { | |
720 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) | |
721 | // wxMotif needs a little extra help... | |
722 | size_t pos = (size_t)( Text()->GetInsertionPoint() ); | |
723 | wxString s( Text()->GetValue() ); | |
724 | s = s.Left(pos) + "\n" + s.Mid(pos); | |
725 | Text()->SetValue(s); | |
726 | Text()->SetInsertionPoint( pos ); | |
727 | #else | |
728 | // the other ports can handle a Return key press | |
729 | // | |
730 | event.Skip(); | |
731 | #endif | |
732 | } | |
733 | ||
734 | void wxGridCellTextEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
735 | { | |
736 | if ( !params ) | |
737 | { | |
738 | // reset to default | |
739 | m_maxChars = 0; | |
740 | } | |
741 | else | |
742 | { | |
743 | long tmp; | |
744 | if ( !params.ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
745 | { | |
746 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellTextEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
747 | } | |
748 | else | |
749 | { | |
750 | m_maxChars = (size_t)tmp; | |
751 | } | |
752 | } | |
753 | } | |
754 | ||
755 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
756 | // wxGridCellNumberEditor | |
757 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
758 | ||
759 | wxGridCellNumberEditor::wxGridCellNumberEditor(int min, int max) | |
760 | { | |
761 | m_min = min; | |
762 | m_max = max; | |
763 | } | |
764 | ||
765 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
766 | wxWindowID id, | |
767 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
768 | { | |
769 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
770 | { | |
771 | // create a spin ctrl | |
772 | m_control = new wxSpinCtrl(parent, -1, wxEmptyString, | |
773 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
774 | wxSP_ARROW_KEYS, | |
775 | m_min, m_max); | |
776 | ||
777 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
778 | } | |
779 | else | |
780 | { | |
781 | // just a text control | |
782 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
783 | ||
784 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
785 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
786 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
787 | } | |
788 | } | |
789 | ||
790 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
791 | { | |
792 | // first get the value | |
793 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
794 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
795 | { | |
796 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsLong(row, col); | |
797 | } | |
798 | else | |
799 | { | |
800 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
801 | if (! sValue.ToLong(&m_valueOld)) | |
802 | { | |
803 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have numeric value") ); | |
804 | return; | |
805 | } | |
806 | } | |
807 | ||
808 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
809 | { | |
810 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
811 | Spin()->SetFocus(); | |
812 | } | |
813 | else | |
814 | { | |
815 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
816 | } | |
817 | } | |
818 | ||
819 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
820 | wxGrid* grid) | |
821 | { | |
822 | bool changed; | |
823 | long value; | |
824 | ||
825 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
826 | { | |
827 | value = Spin()->GetValue(); | |
828 | changed = value != m_valueOld; | |
829 | } | |
830 | else | |
831 | { | |
832 | changed = Text()->GetValue().ToLong(&value) && (value != m_valueOld); | |
833 | } | |
834 | ||
835 | if ( changed ) | |
836 | { | |
837 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER)) | |
838 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsLong(row, col, value); | |
839 | else | |
840 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%ld"), value)); | |
841 | } | |
842 | ||
843 | return changed; | |
844 | } | |
845 | ||
846 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::Reset() | |
847 | { | |
848 | if ( HasRange() ) | |
849 | { | |
850 | Spin()->SetValue((int)m_valueOld); | |
851 | } | |
852 | else | |
853 | { | |
854 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
855 | } | |
856 | } | |
857 | ||
858 | bool wxGridCellNumberEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
859 | { | |
860 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
861 | { | |
862 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
863 | switch ( keycode ) | |
864 | { | |
865 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
866 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
867 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
868 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
869 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
870 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
871 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
872 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
873 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
874 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
875 | case WXK_ADD: | |
876 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
877 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
878 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
879 | case WXK_UP: | |
880 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
881 | return TRUE; | |
882 | ||
883 | default: | |
884 | if ( (keycode < 128) && isdigit(keycode) ) | |
885 | return TRUE; | |
886 | } | |
887 | } | |
888 | ||
889 | return FALSE; | |
890 | } | |
891 | ||
892 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
893 | { | |
894 | if ( !HasRange() ) | |
895 | { | |
896 | int keycode = (int) event.KeyCode(); | |
897 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' ) | |
898 | { | |
899 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
900 | ||
901 | // skip Skip() below | |
902 | return; | |
903 | } | |
904 | } | |
905 | ||
906 | event.Skip(); | |
907 | } | |
908 | ||
909 | void wxGridCellNumberEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
910 | { | |
911 | if ( !params ) | |
912 | { | |
913 | // reset to default | |
914 | m_min = | |
915 | m_max = -1; | |
916 | } | |
917 | else | |
918 | { | |
919 | long tmp; | |
920 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
921 | { | |
922 | m_min = (int)tmp; | |
923 | ||
924 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
925 | { | |
926 | m_max = (int)tmp; | |
927 | ||
928 | // skip the error message below | |
929 | return; | |
930 | } | |
931 | } | |
932 | ||
933 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellNumberEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
934 | } | |
935 | } | |
936 | ||
937 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
938 | // wxGridCellFloatEditor | |
939 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
940 | ||
941 | wxGridCellFloatEditor::wxGridCellFloatEditor(int width, int precision) | |
942 | { | |
943 | m_width = width; | |
944 | m_precision = precision; | |
945 | } | |
946 | ||
947 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
948 | wxWindowID id, | |
949 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
950 | { | |
951 | wxGridCellTextEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
952 | ||
953 | #if wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
954 | Text()->SetValidator(wxTextValidator(wxFILTER_NUMERIC)); | |
955 | #endif // wxUSE_VALIDATORS | |
956 | } | |
957 | ||
958 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
959 | { | |
960 | // first get the value | |
961 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid->GetTable(); | |
962 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
963 | { | |
964 | m_valueOld = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
965 | } | |
966 | else | |
967 | { | |
968 | wxString sValue = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
969 | if (! sValue.ToDouble(&m_valueOld)) | |
970 | { | |
971 | wxFAIL_MSG( _T("this cell doesn't have float value") ); | |
972 | return; | |
973 | } | |
974 | } | |
975 | ||
976 | DoBeginEdit(GetString()); | |
977 | } | |
978 | ||
979 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
980 | wxGrid* grid) | |
981 | { | |
982 | double value; | |
983 | if ( Text()->GetValue().ToDouble(&value) && (value != m_valueOld) ) | |
984 | { | |
985 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanSetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT)) | |
986 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsDouble(row, col, value); | |
987 | else | |
988 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, wxString::Format(wxT("%f"), value)); | |
989 | ||
990 | return TRUE; | |
991 | } | |
992 | else | |
993 | { | |
994 | return FALSE; | |
995 | } | |
996 | } | |
997 | ||
998 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::Reset() | |
999 | { | |
1000 | DoReset(GetString()); | |
1001 | } | |
1002 | ||
1003 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::StartingKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1004 | { | |
1005 | int keycode = (int)event.KeyCode(); | |
1006 | if ( isdigit(keycode) || | |
1007 | keycode == '+' || keycode == '-' || keycode == '.' ) | |
1008 | { | |
1009 | wxGridCellTextEditor::StartingKey(event); | |
1010 | ||
1011 | // skip Skip() below | |
1012 | return; | |
1013 | } | |
1014 | ||
1015 | event.Skip(); | |
1016 | } | |
1017 | ||
1018 | void wxGridCellFloatEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1019 | { | |
1020 | if ( !params ) | |
1021 | { | |
1022 | // reset to default | |
1023 | m_width = | |
1024 | m_precision = -1; | |
1025 | } | |
1026 | else | |
1027 | { | |
1028 | long tmp; | |
1029 | if ( params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1030 | { | |
1031 | m_width = (int)tmp; | |
1032 | ||
1033 | if ( params.AfterFirst(_T(',')).ToLong(&tmp) ) | |
1034 | { | |
1035 | m_precision = (int)tmp; | |
1036 | ||
1037 | // skip the error message below | |
1038 | return; | |
1039 | } | |
1040 | } | |
1041 | ||
1042 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatEditor parameter string '%s' ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1043 | } | |
1044 | } | |
1045 | ||
1046 | wxString wxGridCellFloatEditor::GetString() const | |
1047 | { | |
1048 | wxString fmt; | |
1049 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1050 | { | |
1051 | // default width/precision | |
1052 | fmt = _T("%g"); | |
1053 | } | |
1054 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1055 | { | |
1056 | // default precision | |
1057 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.g"), m_width); | |
1058 | } | |
1059 | else | |
1060 | { | |
1061 | fmt.Printf(_T("%%%d.%dg"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1062 | } | |
1063 | ||
1064 | return wxString::Format(fmt, m_valueOld); | |
1065 | } | |
1066 | ||
1067 | bool wxGridCellFloatEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1068 | { | |
1069 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1070 | { | |
1071 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1072 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1073 | { | |
1074 | case WXK_NUMPAD0: | |
1075 | case WXK_NUMPAD1: | |
1076 | case WXK_NUMPAD2: | |
1077 | case WXK_NUMPAD3: | |
1078 | case WXK_NUMPAD4: | |
1079 | case WXK_NUMPAD5: | |
1080 | case WXK_NUMPAD6: | |
1081 | case WXK_NUMPAD7: | |
1082 | case WXK_NUMPAD8: | |
1083 | case WXK_NUMPAD9: | |
1084 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1085 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1086 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1087 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1088 | case WXK_DECIMAL: | |
1089 | case WXK_NUMPAD_DECIMAL: | |
1090 | return TRUE; | |
1091 | ||
1092 | default: | |
1093 | // additionally accept 'e' as in '1e+6' | |
1094 | if ( (keycode < 128) && | |
1095 | (isdigit(keycode) || tolower(keycode) == 'e') ) | |
1096 | return TRUE; | |
1097 | } | |
1098 | } | |
1099 | ||
1100 | return FALSE; | |
1101 | } | |
1102 | ||
1103 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
1104 | ||
1105 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1106 | ||
1107 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1108 | // wxGridCellBoolEditor | |
1109 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1110 | ||
1111 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1112 | wxWindowID id, | |
1113 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1114 | { | |
1115 | m_control = new wxCheckBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1116 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1117 | wxNO_BORDER); | |
1118 | ||
1119 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1120 | } | |
1121 | ||
1122 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::SetSize(const wxRect& r) | |
1123 | { | |
1124 | bool resize = FALSE; | |
1125 | wxSize size = m_control->GetSize(); | |
1126 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(r.width, r.height); | |
1127 | ||
1128 | // check if the checkbox is not too big/small for this cell | |
1129 | wxSize sizeBest = m_control->GetBestSize(); | |
1130 | if ( !(size == sizeBest) ) | |
1131 | { | |
1132 | // reset to default size if it had been made smaller | |
1133 | size = sizeBest; | |
1134 | ||
1135 | resize = TRUE; | |
1136 | } | |
1137 | ||
1138 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1139 | { | |
1140 | // leave 1 pixel margin | |
1141 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1142 | ||
1143 | resize = TRUE; | |
1144 | } | |
1145 | ||
1146 | if ( resize ) | |
1147 | { | |
1148 | m_control->SetSize(size); | |
1149 | } | |
1150 | ||
1151 | // position it in the centre of the rectangle (TODO: support alignment?) | |
1152 | ||
1153 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined (__WXMOTIF__) | |
1154 | // the checkbox without label still has some space to the right in wxGTK, | |
1155 | // so shift it to the right | |
1156 | size.x -= 8; | |
1157 | #elif defined(__WXMSW__) | |
1158 | // here too, but in other way | |
1159 | size.x += 1; | |
1160 | size.y -= 2; | |
1161 | #endif | |
1162 | ||
1163 | m_control->Move(r.x + r.width/2 - size.x/2, r.y + r.height/2 - size.y/2); | |
1164 | } | |
1165 | ||
1166 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Show(bool show, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
1167 | { | |
1168 | m_control->Show(show); | |
1169 | ||
1170 | if ( show ) | |
1171 | { | |
1172 | wxColour colBg = attr ? attr->GetBackgroundColour() : *wxLIGHT_GREY; | |
1173 | CBox()->SetBackgroundColour(colBg); | |
1174 | } | |
1175 | } | |
1176 | ||
1177 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1178 | { | |
1179 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1180 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1181 | ||
1182 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1183 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1184 | else | |
1185 | { | |
1186 | wxString cellval( grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1187 | m_startValue = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1188 | } | |
1189 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1190 | CBox()->SetFocus(); | |
1191 | } | |
1192 | ||
1193 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1194 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1195 | { | |
1196 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1197 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1198 | ||
1199 | bool changed = FALSE; | |
1200 | bool value = CBox()->GetValue(); | |
1201 | if ( value != m_startValue ) | |
1202 | changed = TRUE; | |
1203 | ||
1204 | if ( changed ) | |
1205 | { | |
1206 | if (grid->GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL)) | |
1207 | grid->GetTable()->SetValueAsBool(row, col, value); | |
1208 | else | |
1209 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value ? _T("1") : wxEmptyString); | |
1210 | } | |
1211 | ||
1212 | return changed; | |
1213 | } | |
1214 | ||
1215 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::Reset() | |
1216 | { | |
1217 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1218 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1219 | ||
1220 | CBox()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1221 | } | |
1222 | ||
1223 | void wxGridCellBoolEditor::StartingClick() | |
1224 | { | |
1225 | CBox()->SetValue(!CBox()->GetValue()); | |
1226 | } | |
1227 | ||
1228 | bool wxGridCellBoolEditor::IsAcceptedKey(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1229 | { | |
1230 | if ( wxGridCellEditor::IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
1231 | { | |
1232 | int keycode = event.GetKeyCode(); | |
1233 | switch ( keycode ) | |
1234 | { | |
1235 | case WXK_MULTIPLY: | |
1236 | case WXK_NUMPAD_MULTIPLY: | |
1237 | case WXK_ADD: | |
1238 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ADD: | |
1239 | case WXK_SUBTRACT: | |
1240 | case WXK_NUMPAD_SUBTRACT: | |
1241 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
1242 | case '+': | |
1243 | case '-': | |
1244 | return TRUE; | |
1245 | } | |
1246 | } | |
1247 | ||
1248 | return FALSE; | |
1249 | } | |
1250 | ||
1251 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
1252 | ||
1253 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1254 | ||
1255 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1256 | // wxGridCellChoiceEditor | |
1257 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1258 | ||
1259 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor::wxGridCellChoiceEditor(size_t count, | |
1260 | const wxString choices[], | |
1261 | bool allowOthers) | |
1262 | : m_allowOthers(allowOthers) | |
1263 | { | |
1264 | if ( count ) | |
1265 | { | |
1266 | m_choices.Alloc(count); | |
1267 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1268 | { | |
1269 | m_choices.Add(choices[n]); | |
1270 | } | |
1271 | } | |
1272 | } | |
1273 | ||
1274 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Clone() const | |
1275 | { | |
1276 | wxGridCellChoiceEditor *editor = new wxGridCellChoiceEditor; | |
1277 | editor->m_allowOthers = m_allowOthers; | |
1278 | editor->m_choices = m_choices; | |
1279 | ||
1280 | return editor; | |
1281 | } | |
1282 | ||
1283 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Create(wxWindow* parent, | |
1284 | wxWindowID id, | |
1285 | wxEvtHandler* evtHandler) | |
1286 | { | |
1287 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1288 | wxString *choices = new wxString[count]; | |
1289 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
1290 | { | |
1291 | choices[n] = m_choices[n]; | |
1292 | } | |
1293 | ||
1294 | m_control = new wxComboBox(parent, id, wxEmptyString, | |
1295 | wxDefaultPosition, wxDefaultSize, | |
1296 | count, choices, | |
1297 | m_allowOthers ? 0 : wxCB_READONLY); | |
1298 | ||
1299 | delete [] choices; | |
1300 | ||
1301 | wxGridCellEditor::Create(parent, id, evtHandler); | |
1302 | } | |
1303 | ||
1304 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::PaintBackground(const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1305 | wxGridCellAttr * attr) | |
1306 | { | |
1307 | // as we fill the entire client area, don't do anything here to minimize | |
1308 | // flicker | |
1309 | ||
1310 | // TODO: It doesn't actually fill the client area since the height of a | |
1311 | // combo always defaults to the standard... Until someone has time to | |
1312 | // figure out the right rectangle to paint, just do it the normal way... | |
1313 | wxGridCellEditor::PaintBackground(rectCell, attr); | |
1314 | } | |
1315 | ||
1316 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::BeginEdit(int row, int col, wxGrid* grid) | |
1317 | { | |
1318 | wxASSERT_MSG(m_control, | |
1319 | wxT("The wxGridCellEditor must be Created first!")); | |
1320 | ||
1321 | m_startValue = grid->GetTable()->GetValue(row, col); | |
1322 | ||
1323 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1324 | size_t count = m_choices.GetCount(); | |
1325 | for (size_t i=0; i<count; i++) | |
1326 | { | |
1327 | if (m_startValue == m_choices[i]) | |
1328 | { | |
1329 | Combo()->SetSelection(i); | |
1330 | break; | |
1331 | } | |
1332 | } | |
1333 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1334 | Combo()->SetFocus(); | |
1335 | } | |
1336 | ||
1337 | bool wxGridCellChoiceEditor::EndEdit(int row, int col, | |
1338 | wxGrid* grid) | |
1339 | { | |
1340 | wxString value = Combo()->GetValue(); | |
1341 | bool changed = value != m_startValue; | |
1342 | ||
1343 | if ( changed ) | |
1344 | grid->GetTable()->SetValue(row, col, value); | |
1345 | ||
1346 | m_startValue = wxEmptyString; | |
1347 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1348 | ||
1349 | return changed; | |
1350 | } | |
1351 | ||
1352 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::Reset() | |
1353 | { | |
1354 | Combo()->SetValue(m_startValue); | |
1355 | Combo()->SetInsertionPointEnd(); | |
1356 | } | |
1357 | ||
1358 | void wxGridCellChoiceEditor::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1359 | { | |
1360 | if ( !params ) | |
1361 | { | |
1362 | // what can we do? | |
1363 | return; | |
1364 | } | |
1365 | ||
1366 | m_choices.Empty(); | |
1367 | ||
1368 | wxStringTokenizer tk(params, _T(',')); | |
1369 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1370 | { | |
1371 | m_choices.Add(tk.GetNextToken()); | |
1372 | } | |
1373 | } | |
1374 | ||
1375 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
1376 | ||
1377 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1378 | // wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler | |
1379 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1380 | ||
1381 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnKeyDown(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1382 | { | |
1383 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1384 | { | |
1385 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1386 | m_editor->Reset(); | |
1387 | m_grid->DisableCellEditControl(); | |
1388 | break; | |
1389 | ||
1390 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1391 | m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ); | |
1392 | break; | |
1393 | ||
1394 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1395 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1396 | if (!m_grid->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event)) | |
1397 | m_editor->HandleReturn(event); | |
1398 | break; | |
1399 | ||
1400 | ||
1401 | default: | |
1402 | event.Skip(); | |
1403 | } | |
1404 | } | |
1405 | ||
1406 | void wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler::OnChar(wxKeyEvent& event) | |
1407 | { | |
1408 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
1409 | { | |
1410 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
1411 | case WXK_TAB: | |
1412 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
1413 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
1414 | break; | |
1415 | ||
1416 | default: | |
1417 | event.Skip(); | |
1418 | } | |
1419 | } | |
1420 | ||
1421 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1422 | // wxGridCellWorker is an (almost) empty common base class for | |
1423 | // wxGridCellRenderer and wxGridCellEditor managing ref counting | |
1424 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1425 | ||
1426 | void wxGridCellWorker::SetParameters(const wxString& WXUNUSED(params)) | |
1427 | { | |
1428 | // nothing to do | |
1429 | } | |
1430 | ||
1431 | wxGridCellWorker::~wxGridCellWorker() | |
1432 | { | |
1433 | } | |
1434 | ||
1435 | // ============================================================================ | |
1436 | // renderer classes | |
1437 | // ============================================================================ | |
1438 | ||
1439 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1440 | // wxGridCellRenderer | |
1441 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1442 | ||
1443 | void wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1444 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1445 | wxDC& dc, | |
1446 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1447 | int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
1448 | bool isSelected) | |
1449 | { | |
1450 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxSOLID ); | |
1451 | ||
1452 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1453 | { | |
1454 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(grid.GetSelectionBackground(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1455 | } | |
1456 | else | |
1457 | { | |
1458 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(attr.GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
1459 | } | |
1460 | ||
1461 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
1462 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
1463 | } | |
1464 | ||
1465 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1466 | // wxGridCellStringRenderer | |
1467 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1468 | ||
1469 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::SetTextColoursAndFont(wxGrid& grid, | |
1470 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1471 | wxDC& dc, | |
1472 | bool isSelected) | |
1473 | { | |
1474 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
1475 | ||
1476 | // TODO some special colours for attr.IsReadOnly() case? | |
1477 | ||
1478 | if ( isSelected ) | |
1479 | { | |
1480 | dc.SetTextBackground( grid.GetSelectionBackground() ); | |
1481 | dc.SetTextForeground( grid.GetSelectionForeground() ); | |
1482 | } | |
1483 | else | |
1484 | { | |
1485 | dc.SetTextBackground( attr.GetBackgroundColour() ); | |
1486 | dc.SetTextForeground( attr.GetTextColour() ); | |
1487 | } | |
1488 | ||
1489 | dc.SetFont( attr.GetFont() ); | |
1490 | } | |
1491 | ||
1492 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::DoGetBestSize(wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1493 | wxDC& dc, | |
1494 | const wxString& text) | |
1495 | { | |
1496 | wxCoord x = 0, y = 0, max_x = 0; | |
1497 | dc.SetFont(attr.GetFont()); | |
1498 | wxStringTokenizer tk(text, _T('\n')); | |
1499 | while ( tk.HasMoreTokens() ) | |
1500 | { | |
1501 | dc.GetTextExtent(tk.GetNextToken(), &x, &y); | |
1502 | max_x = wxMax(max_x, x); | |
1503 | } | |
1504 | ||
1505 | y *= 1 + text.Freq(wxT('\n')); // multiply by the number of lines. | |
1506 | ||
1507 | return wxSize(max_x, y); | |
1508 | } | |
1509 | ||
1510 | wxSize wxGridCellStringRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1511 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1512 | wxDC& dc, | |
1513 | int row, int col) | |
1514 | { | |
1515 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col)); | |
1516 | } | |
1517 | ||
1518 | void wxGridCellStringRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1519 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1520 | wxDC& dc, | |
1521 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1522 | int row, int col, | |
1523 | bool isSelected) | |
1524 | { | |
1525 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1526 | ||
1527 | // now we only have to draw the text | |
1528 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1529 | ||
1530 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1531 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1532 | ||
1533 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1534 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1535 | ||
1536 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, grid.GetCellValue(row, col), | |
1537 | rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1538 | } | |
1539 | ||
1540 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1541 | // wxGridCellNumberRenderer | |
1542 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1543 | ||
1544 | wxString wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1545 | { | |
1546 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1547 | wxString text; | |
1548 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER) ) | |
1549 | { | |
1550 | text.Printf(_T("%ld"), table->GetValueAsLong(row, col)); | |
1551 | } | |
1552 | else | |
1553 | { | |
1554 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1555 | } | |
1556 | ||
1557 | return text; | |
1558 | } | |
1559 | ||
1560 | void wxGridCellNumberRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1561 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1562 | wxDC& dc, | |
1563 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1564 | int row, int col, | |
1565 | bool isSelected) | |
1566 | { | |
1567 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1568 | ||
1569 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1570 | ||
1571 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1572 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1573 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1574 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1575 | ||
1576 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1577 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1578 | ||
1579 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1580 | } | |
1581 | ||
1582 | wxSize wxGridCellNumberRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1583 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1584 | wxDC& dc, | |
1585 | int row, int col) | |
1586 | { | |
1587 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1588 | } | |
1589 | ||
1590 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1591 | // wxGridCellFloatRenderer | |
1592 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1593 | ||
1594 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer::wxGridCellFloatRenderer(int width, int precision) | |
1595 | { | |
1596 | SetWidth(width); | |
1597 | SetPrecision(precision); | |
1598 | } | |
1599 | ||
1600 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Clone() const | |
1601 | { | |
1602 | wxGridCellFloatRenderer *renderer = new wxGridCellFloatRenderer; | |
1603 | renderer->m_width = m_width; | |
1604 | renderer->m_precision = m_precision; | |
1605 | renderer->m_format = m_format; | |
1606 | ||
1607 | return renderer; | |
1608 | } | |
1609 | ||
1610 | wxString wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetString(wxGrid& grid, int row, int col) | |
1611 | { | |
1612 | wxGridTableBase *table = grid.GetTable(); | |
1613 | ||
1614 | bool hasDouble; | |
1615 | double val; | |
1616 | wxString text; | |
1617 | if ( table->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT) ) | |
1618 | { | |
1619 | val = table->GetValueAsDouble(row, col); | |
1620 | hasDouble = TRUE; | |
1621 | } | |
1622 | else | |
1623 | { | |
1624 | text = table->GetValue(row, col); | |
1625 | hasDouble = text.ToDouble(&val); | |
1626 | } | |
1627 | ||
1628 | if ( hasDouble ) | |
1629 | { | |
1630 | if ( !m_format ) | |
1631 | { | |
1632 | if ( m_width == -1 ) | |
1633 | { | |
1634 | if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1635 | { | |
1636 | // default width/precision | |
1637 | m_format = _T("%f"); | |
1638 | } | |
1639 | else | |
1640 | { | |
1641 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%.%df"), m_precision); | |
1642 | } | |
1643 | } | |
1644 | else if ( m_precision == -1 ) | |
1645 | { | |
1646 | // default precision | |
1647 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.f"), m_width); | |
1648 | } | |
1649 | else | |
1650 | { | |
1651 | m_format.Printf(_T("%%%d.%df"), m_width, m_precision); | |
1652 | } | |
1653 | } | |
1654 | ||
1655 | text.Printf(m_format, val); | |
1656 | ||
1657 | } | |
1658 | //else: text already contains the string | |
1659 | ||
1660 | return text; | |
1661 | } | |
1662 | ||
1663 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1664 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1665 | wxDC& dc, | |
1666 | const wxRect& rectCell, | |
1667 | int row, int col, | |
1668 | bool isSelected) | |
1669 | { | |
1670 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rectCell, row, col, isSelected); | |
1671 | ||
1672 | SetTextColoursAndFont(grid, attr, dc, isSelected); | |
1673 | ||
1674 | // draw the text right aligned by default | |
1675 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1676 | attr.GetAlignment(&hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1677 | hAlign = wxALIGN_RIGHT; | |
1678 | ||
1679 | wxRect rect = rectCell; | |
1680 | rect.Inflate(-1); | |
1681 | ||
1682 | grid.DrawTextRectangle(dc, GetString(grid, row, col), rect, hAlign, vAlign); | |
1683 | } | |
1684 | ||
1685 | wxSize wxGridCellFloatRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1686 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1687 | wxDC& dc, | |
1688 | int row, int col) | |
1689 | { | |
1690 | return DoGetBestSize(attr, dc, GetString(grid, row, col)); | |
1691 | } | |
1692 | ||
1693 | void wxGridCellFloatRenderer::SetParameters(const wxString& params) | |
1694 | { | |
1695 | if ( !params ) | |
1696 | { | |
1697 | // reset to defaults | |
1698 | SetWidth(-1); | |
1699 | SetPrecision(-1); | |
1700 | } | |
1701 | else | |
1702 | { | |
1703 | wxString tmp = params.BeforeFirst(_T(',')); | |
1704 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1705 | { | |
1706 | long width; | |
1707 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&width) ) | |
1708 | { | |
1709 | SetWidth((int)width); | |
1710 | } | |
1711 | else | |
1712 | { | |
1713 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer width parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1714 | } | |
1715 | ||
1716 | } | |
1717 | tmp = params.AfterFirst(_T(',')); | |
1718 | if ( !!tmp ) | |
1719 | { | |
1720 | long precision; | |
1721 | if ( tmp.ToLong(&precision) ) | |
1722 | { | |
1723 | SetPrecision((int)precision); | |
1724 | } | |
1725 | else | |
1726 | { | |
1727 | wxLogDebug(_T("Invalid wxGridCellFloatRenderer precision parameter string '%s ignored"), params.c_str()); | |
1728 | } | |
1729 | ||
1730 | } | |
1731 | } | |
1732 | } | |
1733 | ||
1734 | ||
1735 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1736 | // wxGridCellBoolRenderer | |
1737 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1738 | ||
1739 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1740 | ||
1741 | // FIXME these checkbox size calculations are really ugly... | |
1742 | ||
1743 | // between checkmark and box | |
1744 | static const wxCoord wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN = 2; | |
1745 | ||
1746 | wxSize wxGridCellBoolRenderer::GetBestSize(wxGrid& grid, | |
1747 | wxGridCellAttr& WXUNUSED(attr), | |
1748 | wxDC& WXUNUSED(dc), | |
1749 | int WXUNUSED(row), | |
1750 | int WXUNUSED(col)) | |
1751 | { | |
1752 | // compute it only once (no locks for MT safeness in GUI thread...) | |
1753 | if ( !ms_sizeCheckMark.x ) | |
1754 | { | |
1755 | // get checkbox size | |
1756 | wxCoord checkSize = 0; | |
1757 | wxCheckBox *checkbox = new wxCheckBox(&grid, -1, wxEmptyString); | |
1758 | wxSize size = checkbox->GetBestSize(); | |
1759 | checkSize = size.y + 2*wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN; | |
1760 | ||
1761 | // FIXME wxGTK::wxCheckBox::GetBestSize() gives "wrong" result | |
1762 | #if defined(__WXGTK__) || defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
1763 | checkSize -= size.y / 2; | |
1764 | #endif | |
1765 | ||
1766 | delete checkbox; | |
1767 | ||
1768 | ms_sizeCheckMark.x = ms_sizeCheckMark.y = checkSize; | |
1769 | } | |
1770 | ||
1771 | return ms_sizeCheckMark; | |
1772 | } | |
1773 | ||
1774 | void wxGridCellBoolRenderer::Draw(wxGrid& grid, | |
1775 | wxGridCellAttr& attr, | |
1776 | wxDC& dc, | |
1777 | const wxRect& rect, | |
1778 | int row, int col, | |
1779 | bool isSelected) | |
1780 | { | |
1781 | wxGridCellRenderer::Draw(grid, attr, dc, rect, row, col, isSelected); | |
1782 | ||
1783 | // draw a check mark in the centre (ignoring alignment - TODO) | |
1784 | wxSize size = GetBestSize(grid, attr, dc, row, col); | |
1785 | ||
1786 | // don't draw outside the cell | |
1787 | wxCoord minSize = wxMin(rect.width, rect.height); | |
1788 | if ( size.x >= minSize || size.y >= minSize ) | |
1789 | { | |
1790 | // and even leave (at least) 1 pixel margin | |
1791 | size.x = size.y = minSize - 2; | |
1792 | } | |
1793 | ||
1794 | // draw a border around checkmark | |
1795 | wxRect rectBorder; | |
1796 | rectBorder.x = rect.x + rect.width/2 - size.x/2; | |
1797 | rectBorder.y = rect.y + rect.height/2 - size.y/2; | |
1798 | rectBorder.width = size.x; | |
1799 | rectBorder.height = size.y; | |
1800 | ||
1801 | bool value; | |
1802 | if ( grid.GetTable()->CanGetValueAs(row, col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL) ) | |
1803 | value = grid.GetTable()->GetValueAsBool(row, col); | |
1804 | else | |
1805 | { | |
1806 | wxString cellval( grid.GetTable()->GetValue(row, col) ); | |
1807 | value = !( !cellval || (cellval == "0") ); | |
1808 | } | |
1809 | ||
1810 | if ( value ) | |
1811 | { | |
1812 | wxRect rectMark = rectBorder; | |
1813 | #ifdef __WXMSW__ | |
1814 | // MSW DrawCheckMark() is weird (and should probably be changed...) | |
1815 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN/2); | |
1816 | rectMark.x++; | |
1817 | rectMark.y++; | |
1818 | #else // !MSW | |
1819 | rectMark.Inflate(-wxGRID_CHECKMARK_MARGIN); | |
1820 | #endif // MSW/!MSW | |
1821 | ||
1822 | dc.SetTextForeground(attr.GetTextColour()); | |
1823 | dc.DrawCheckMark(rectMark); | |
1824 | } | |
1825 | ||
1826 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
1827 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(attr.GetTextColour(), 1, wxSOLID)); | |
1828 | dc.DrawRectangle(rectBorder); | |
1829 | } | |
1830 | ||
1831 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1832 | // wxGridCellAttr | |
1833 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
1834 | ||
1835 | void wxGridCellAttr::Init(wxGridCellAttr *attrDefault) | |
1836 | { | |
1837 | m_nRef = 1; | |
1838 | ||
1839 | m_isReadOnly = Unset; | |
1840 | ||
1841 | m_renderer = NULL; | |
1842 | m_editor = NULL; | |
1843 | ||
1844 | m_attrkind = wxGridCellAttr::Cell; | |
1845 | ||
1846 | SetDefAttr(attrDefault); | |
1847 | } | |
1848 | ||
1849 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttr::Clone() const | |
1850 | { | |
1851 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defGridAttr); | |
1852 | ||
1853 | if ( HasTextColour() ) | |
1854 | attr->SetTextColour(GetTextColour()); | |
1855 | if ( HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1856 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1857 | if ( HasFont() ) | |
1858 | attr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
1859 | if ( HasAlignment() ) | |
1860 | attr->SetAlignment(m_hAlign, m_vAlign); | |
1861 | ||
1862 | if ( m_renderer ) | |
1863 | { | |
1864 | attr->SetRenderer(m_renderer); | |
1865 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1866 | } | |
1867 | if ( m_editor ) | |
1868 | { | |
1869 | attr->SetEditor(m_editor); | |
1870 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1871 | } | |
1872 | ||
1873 | if ( IsReadOnly() ) | |
1874 | attr->SetReadOnly(); | |
1875 | ||
1876 | attr->SetKind( m_attrkind ); | |
1877 | ||
1878 | return attr; | |
1879 | } | |
1880 | ||
1881 | void wxGridCellAttr::MergeWith(wxGridCellAttr *mergefrom) | |
1882 | { | |
1883 | if ( !HasTextColour() && mergefrom->HasTextColour() ) | |
1884 | SetTextColour(mergefrom->GetTextColour()); | |
1885 | if ( !HasBackgroundColour() && mergefrom->HasBackgroundColour() ) | |
1886 | SetBackgroundColour(mergefrom->GetBackgroundColour()); | |
1887 | if ( !HasFont() && mergefrom->HasFont() ) | |
1888 | SetFont(mergefrom->GetFont()); | |
1889 | if ( !!HasAlignment() && mergefrom->HasAlignment() ){ | |
1890 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
1891 | mergefrom->GetAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign); | |
1892 | SetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
1893 | } | |
1894 | ||
1895 | // Directly access member functions as GetRender/Editor don't just return | |
1896 | // m_renderer/m_editor | |
1897 | // | |
1898 | // Maybe add support for merge of Render and Editor? | |
1899 | if (!HasRenderer() && mergefrom->HasRenderer() ) | |
1900 | { | |
1901 | m_renderer = mergefrom->m_renderer; | |
1902 | m_renderer->IncRef(); | |
1903 | } | |
1904 | if ( !HasEditor() && mergefrom->HasEditor() ) | |
1905 | { | |
1906 | m_editor = mergefrom->m_editor; | |
1907 | m_editor->IncRef(); | |
1908 | } | |
1909 | if ( !HasReadWriteMode() && mergefrom->HasReadWriteMode() ) | |
1910 | SetReadOnly(mergefrom->IsReadOnly()); | |
1911 | ||
1912 | SetDefAttr(mergefrom->m_defGridAttr); | |
1913 | } | |
1914 | ||
1915 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetTextColour() const | |
1916 | { | |
1917 | if (HasTextColour()) | |
1918 | { | |
1919 | return m_colText; | |
1920 | } | |
1921 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1922 | { | |
1923 | return m_defGridAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
1924 | } | |
1925 | else | |
1926 | { | |
1927 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1928 | return wxNullColour; | |
1929 | } | |
1930 | } | |
1931 | ||
1932 | ||
1933 | const wxColour& wxGridCellAttr::GetBackgroundColour() const | |
1934 | { | |
1935 | if (HasBackgroundColour()) | |
1936 | return m_colBack; | |
1937 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1938 | return m_defGridAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
1939 | else | |
1940 | { | |
1941 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1942 | return wxNullColour; | |
1943 | } | |
1944 | } | |
1945 | ||
1946 | ||
1947 | const wxFont& wxGridCellAttr::GetFont() const | |
1948 | { | |
1949 | if (HasFont()) | |
1950 | return m_font; | |
1951 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1952 | return m_defGridAttr->GetFont(); | |
1953 | else | |
1954 | { | |
1955 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1956 | return wxNullFont; | |
1957 | } | |
1958 | } | |
1959 | ||
1960 | ||
1961 | void wxGridCellAttr::GetAlignment(int *hAlign, int *vAlign) const | |
1962 | { | |
1963 | if (HasAlignment()) | |
1964 | { | |
1965 | if ( hAlign ) *hAlign = m_hAlign; | |
1966 | if ( vAlign ) *vAlign = m_vAlign; | |
1967 | } | |
1968 | else if (m_defGridAttr && m_defGridAttr != this) | |
1969 | m_defGridAttr->GetAlignment(hAlign, vAlign); | |
1970 | else | |
1971 | { | |
1972 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Missing default cell attribute")); | |
1973 | } | |
1974 | } | |
1975 | ||
1976 | ||
1977 | // GetRenderer and GetEditor use a slightly different decision path about | |
1978 | // which attribute to use. If a non-default attr object has one then it is | |
1979 | // used, otherwise the default editor or renderer is fetched from the grid and | |
1980 | // used. It should be the default for the data type of the cell. If it is | |
1981 | // NULL (because the table has a type that the grid does not have in its | |
1982 | // registry,) then the grid's default editor or renderer is used. | |
1983 | ||
1984 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridCellAttr::GetRenderer(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
1985 | { | |
1986 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer; | |
1987 | ||
1988 | if ( m_renderer && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
1989 | { | |
1990 | // use the cells renderer if it has one | |
1991 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
1992 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
1993 | } | |
1994 | else // no non default cell renderer | |
1995 | { | |
1996 | // get default renderer for the data type | |
1997 | if ( grid ) | |
1998 | { | |
1999 | // GetDefaultRendererForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2000 | renderer = grid->GetDefaultRendererForCell(row, col); | |
2001 | } | |
2002 | else | |
2003 | { | |
2004 | renderer = NULL; | |
2005 | } | |
2006 | ||
2007 | if ( !renderer ) | |
2008 | { | |
2009 | if (m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2010 | { | |
2011 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2012 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2013 | renderer = m_defGridAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2014 | } | |
2015 | else // default grid attr | |
2016 | { | |
2017 | // use m_renderer which we had decided not to use initially | |
2018 | renderer = m_renderer; | |
2019 | if ( renderer ) | |
2020 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2021 | } | |
2022 | } | |
2023 | } | |
2024 | ||
2025 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2026 | wxASSERT_MSG(renderer, wxT("Missing default cell renderer")); | |
2027 | ||
2028 | return renderer; | |
2029 | } | |
2030 | ||
2031 | // same as above, except for s/renderer/editor/g | |
2032 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridCellAttr::GetEditor(wxGrid* grid, int row, int col) const | |
2033 | { | |
2034 | wxGridCellEditor *editor; | |
2035 | ||
2036 | if ( m_editor && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2037 | { | |
2038 | // use the cells editor if it has one | |
2039 | editor = m_editor; | |
2040 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2041 | } | |
2042 | else // no non default cell editor | |
2043 | { | |
2044 | // get default editor for the data type | |
2045 | if ( grid ) | |
2046 | { | |
2047 | // GetDefaultEditorForCell() will do IncRef() for us | |
2048 | editor = grid->GetDefaultEditorForCell(row, col); | |
2049 | } | |
2050 | else | |
2051 | { | |
2052 | editor = NULL; | |
2053 | } | |
2054 | ||
2055 | if ( !editor ) | |
2056 | { | |
2057 | if ( m_defGridAttr && this != m_defGridAttr ) | |
2058 | { | |
2059 | // if we still don't have one then use the grid default | |
2060 | // (no need for IncRef() here neither) | |
2061 | editor = m_defGridAttr->GetEditor(NULL, 0, 0); | |
2062 | } | |
2063 | else // default grid attr | |
2064 | { | |
2065 | // use m_editor which we had decided not to use initially | |
2066 | editor = m_editor; | |
2067 | if ( editor ) | |
2068 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2069 | } | |
2070 | } | |
2071 | } | |
2072 | ||
2073 | // we're supposed to always find something | |
2074 | wxASSERT_MSG(editor, wxT("Missing default cell editor")); | |
2075 | ||
2076 | return editor; | |
2077 | } | |
2078 | ||
2079 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2080 | // wxGridCellAttrData | |
2081 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2082 | ||
2083 | void wxGridCellAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row, int col) | |
2084 | { | |
2085 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2086 | if ( n == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2087 | { | |
2088 | // add the attribute | |
2089 | m_attrs.Add(new wxGridCellWithAttr(row, col, attr)); | |
2090 | } | |
2091 | else | |
2092 | { | |
2093 | // free the old attribute | |
2094 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr->DecRef(); | |
2095 | ||
2096 | if ( attr ) | |
2097 | { | |
2098 | // change the attribute | |
2099 | m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr = attr; | |
2100 | } | |
2101 | else | |
2102 | { | |
2103 | // remove this attribute | |
2104 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2105 | } | |
2106 | } | |
2107 | } | |
2108 | ||
2109 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrData::GetAttr(int row, int col) const | |
2110 | { | |
2111 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2112 | ||
2113 | int n = FindIndex(row, col); | |
2114 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2115 | { | |
2116 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n].attr; | |
2117 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2118 | } | |
2119 | ||
2120 | return attr; | |
2121 | } | |
2122 | ||
2123 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2124 | { | |
2125 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2126 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2127 | { | |
2128 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2129 | wxCoord row = coords.GetRow(); | |
2130 | if ((size_t)row >= pos) | |
2131 | { | |
2132 | if (numRows > 0) | |
2133 | { | |
2134 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2135 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2136 | } | |
2137 | else if (numRows < 0) | |
2138 | { | |
2139 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2140 | if ((size_t)row >= pos - numRows) | |
2141 | { | |
2142 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2143 | coords.SetRow(row + numRows); | |
2144 | } | |
2145 | else | |
2146 | { | |
2147 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2148 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2149 | n--; count--; | |
2150 | } | |
2151 | } | |
2152 | } | |
2153 | } | |
2154 | } | |
2155 | ||
2156 | void wxGridCellAttrData::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2157 | { | |
2158 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2159 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2160 | { | |
2161 | wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2162 | wxCoord col = coords.GetCol(); | |
2163 | if ( (size_t)col >= pos ) | |
2164 | { | |
2165 | if ( numCols > 0 ) | |
2166 | { | |
2167 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2168 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2169 | } | |
2170 | else if (numCols < 0) | |
2171 | { | |
2172 | // If rows deleted ... | |
2173 | if ((size_t)col >= pos - numCols) | |
2174 | { | |
2175 | // ...either decrement row counter (if row still exists)... | |
2176 | coords.SetCol(col + numCols); | |
2177 | } | |
2178 | else | |
2179 | { | |
2180 | // ...or remove the attribute | |
2181 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2182 | n--; count--; | |
2183 | } | |
2184 | } | |
2185 | } | |
2186 | } | |
2187 | } | |
2188 | ||
2189 | int wxGridCellAttrData::FindIndex(int row, int col) const | |
2190 | { | |
2191 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2192 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2193 | { | |
2194 | const wxGridCellCoords& coords = m_attrs[n].coords; | |
2195 | if ( (coords.GetRow() == row) && (coords.GetCol() == col) ) | |
2196 | { | |
2197 | return n; | |
2198 | } | |
2199 | } | |
2200 | ||
2201 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2202 | } | |
2203 | ||
2204 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2205 | // wxGridRowOrColAttrData | |
2206 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2207 | ||
2208 | wxGridRowOrColAttrData::~wxGridRowOrColAttrData() | |
2209 | { | |
2210 | size_t count = m_attrs.Count(); | |
2211 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2212 | { | |
2213 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2214 | } | |
2215 | } | |
2216 | ||
2217 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridRowOrColAttrData::GetAttr(int rowOrCol) const | |
2218 | { | |
2219 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2220 | ||
2221 | int n = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2222 | if ( n != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2223 | { | |
2224 | attr = m_attrs[(size_t)n]; | |
2225 | attr->IncRef(); | |
2226 | } | |
2227 | ||
2228 | return attr; | |
2229 | } | |
2230 | ||
2231 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int rowOrCol) | |
2232 | { | |
2233 | int i = m_rowsOrCols.Index(rowOrCol); | |
2234 | if ( i == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2235 | { | |
2236 | // add the attribute | |
2237 | m_rowsOrCols.Add(rowOrCol); | |
2238 | m_attrs.Add(attr); | |
2239 | } | |
2240 | else | |
2241 | { | |
2242 | size_t n = (size_t)i; | |
2243 | if ( attr ) | |
2244 | { | |
2245 | // change the attribute | |
2246 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2247 | m_attrs[n] = attr; | |
2248 | } | |
2249 | else | |
2250 | { | |
2251 | // remove this attribute | |
2252 | m_attrs[n]->DecRef(); | |
2253 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt(n); | |
2254 | m_attrs.RemoveAt(n); | |
2255 | } | |
2256 | } | |
2257 | } | |
2258 | ||
2259 | void wxGridRowOrColAttrData::UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( size_t pos, int numRowsOrCols ) | |
2260 | { | |
2261 | size_t count = m_attrs.GetCount(); | |
2262 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
2263 | { | |
2264 | int & rowOrCol = m_rowsOrCols[n]; | |
2265 | if ( (size_t)rowOrCol >= pos ) | |
2266 | { | |
2267 | if ( numRowsOrCols > 0 ) | |
2268 | { | |
2269 | // If rows inserted, include row counter where necessary | |
2270 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2271 | } | |
2272 | else if ( numRowsOrCols < 0) | |
2273 | { | |
2274 | // If rows deleted, either decrement row counter (if row still exists) | |
2275 | if ((size_t)rowOrCol >= pos - numRowsOrCols) | |
2276 | rowOrCol += numRowsOrCols; | |
2277 | else | |
2278 | { | |
2279 | m_rowsOrCols.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2280 | m_attrs.RemoveAt((size_t)n); | |
2281 | n--; count--; | |
2282 | } | |
2283 | } | |
2284 | } | |
2285 | } | |
2286 | } | |
2287 | ||
2288 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2289 | // wxGridCellAttrProvider | |
2290 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2291 | ||
2292 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2293 | { | |
2294 | m_data = (wxGridCellAttrProviderData *)NULL; | |
2295 | } | |
2296 | ||
2297 | wxGridCellAttrProvider::~wxGridCellAttrProvider() | |
2298 | { | |
2299 | delete m_data; | |
2300 | } | |
2301 | ||
2302 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::InitData() | |
2303 | { | |
2304 | m_data = new wxGridCellAttrProviderData; | |
2305 | } | |
2306 | ||
2307 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridCellAttrProvider::GetAttr(int row, int col, | |
2308 | wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind ) const | |
2309 | { | |
2310 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2311 | if ( m_data ) | |
2312 | { | |
2313 | switch(kind) | |
2314 | { | |
2315 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Any): | |
2316 | //Get cached merge attributes. | |
2317 | // Currenlty not used as no cache implemented as not mutiable | |
2318 | // attr = m_data->m_mergeAttr.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2319 | if(!attr) | |
2320 | { | |
2321 | //Basicaly implement old version. | |
2322 | //Also check merge cache, so we don't have to re-merge every time.. | |
2323 | wxGridCellAttr *attrcell = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2324 | *attrrow = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL, | |
2325 | *attrcol = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2326 | ||
2327 | attrcell = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2328 | attrcol = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2329 | attrrow = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2330 | ||
2331 | if((attrcell != attrrow) && (attrrow !=attrcol) && (attrcell != attrcol)){ | |
2332 | // Two or move are non NULL | |
2333 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
2334 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Merged); | |
2335 | ||
2336 | //Order important.. | |
2337 | if(attrcell){ | |
2338 | attr->MergeWith(attrcell); | |
2339 | attrcell->DecRef(); | |
2340 | } | |
2341 | if(attrcol){ | |
2342 | attr->MergeWith(attrcol); | |
2343 | attrcol->DecRef(); | |
2344 | } | |
2345 | if(attrrow){ | |
2346 | attr->MergeWith(attrrow); | |
2347 | attrrow->DecRef(); | |
2348 | } | |
2349 | //store merge attr if cache implemented | |
2350 | //attr->IncRef(); | |
2351 | //m_data->m_mergeAttr.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2352 | } | |
2353 | else | |
2354 | { | |
2355 | // one or none is non null return it or null. | |
2356 | if(attrrow) attr = attrrow; | |
2357 | if(attrcol) attr = attrcol; | |
2358 | if(attrcell) attr = attrcell; | |
2359 | } | |
2360 | } | |
2361 | break; | |
2362 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Cell): | |
2363 | attr = m_data->m_cellAttrs.GetAttr(row, col); | |
2364 | break; | |
2365 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Col): | |
2366 | attr = m_data->m_colAttrs.GetAttr(col); | |
2367 | break; | |
2368 | case (wxGridCellAttr::Row): | |
2369 | attr = m_data->m_rowAttrs.GetAttr(row); | |
2370 | break; | |
2371 | default: | |
2372 | // unused as yet... | |
2373 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Default): | |
2374 | // (wxGridCellAttr::Merged): | |
2375 | break; | |
2376 | } | |
2377 | } | |
2378 | return attr; | |
2379 | } | |
2380 | ||
2381 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, | |
2382 | int row, int col) | |
2383 | { | |
2384 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2385 | InitData(); | |
2386 | ||
2387 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2388 | } | |
2389 | ||
2390 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2391 | { | |
2392 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2393 | InitData(); | |
2394 | ||
2395 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.SetAttr(attr, row); | |
2396 | } | |
2397 | ||
2398 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2399 | { | |
2400 | if ( !m_data ) | |
2401 | InitData(); | |
2402 | ||
2403 | m_data->m_colAttrs.SetAttr(attr, col); | |
2404 | } | |
2405 | ||
2406 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrRows( size_t pos, int numRows ) | |
2407 | { | |
2408 | if ( m_data ) | |
2409 | { | |
2410 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
2411 | ||
2412 | m_data->m_rowAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numRows ); | |
2413 | } | |
2414 | } | |
2415 | ||
2416 | void wxGridCellAttrProvider::UpdateAttrCols( size_t pos, int numCols ) | |
2417 | { | |
2418 | if ( m_data ) | |
2419 | { | |
2420 | m_data->m_cellAttrs.UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2421 | ||
2422 | m_data->m_colAttrs.UpdateAttrRowsOrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
2423 | } | |
2424 | } | |
2425 | ||
2426 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2427 | // wxGridTypeRegistry | |
2428 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2429 | ||
2430 | wxGridTypeRegistry::~wxGridTypeRegistry() | |
2431 | { | |
2432 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.Count(); | |
2433 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2434 | delete m_typeinfo[i]; | |
2435 | } | |
2436 | ||
2437 | ||
2438 | void wxGridTypeRegistry::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
2439 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
2440 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
2441 | { | |
2442 | wxGridDataTypeInfo* info = new wxGridDataTypeInfo(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2443 | ||
2444 | // is it already registered? | |
2445 | int loc = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2446 | if ( loc != wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2447 | { | |
2448 | delete m_typeinfo[loc]; | |
2449 | m_typeinfo[loc] = info; | |
2450 | } | |
2451 | else | |
2452 | { | |
2453 | m_typeinfo.Add(info); | |
2454 | } | |
2455 | } | |
2456 | ||
2457 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindRegisteredDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2458 | { | |
2459 | size_t count = m_typeinfo.GetCount(); | |
2460 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < count; i++ ) | |
2461 | { | |
2462 | if ( typeName == m_typeinfo[i]->m_typeName ) | |
2463 | { | |
2464 | return i; | |
2465 | } | |
2466 | } | |
2467 | ||
2468 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2469 | } | |
2470 | ||
2471 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2472 | { | |
2473 | int index = FindRegisteredDataType(typeName); | |
2474 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2475 | { | |
2476 | // check whether this is one of the standard ones, in which case | |
2477 | // register it "on the fly" | |
2478 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2479 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING ) | |
2480 | { | |
2481 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_STRING, | |
2482 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2483 | new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
2484 | } else | |
2485 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2486 | #if wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2487 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL ) | |
2488 | { | |
2489 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL, | |
2490 | new wxGridCellBoolRenderer, | |
2491 | new wxGridCellBoolEditor); | |
2492 | } else | |
2493 | #endif // wxUSE_CHECKBOX | |
2494 | #if wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2495 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER ) | |
2496 | { | |
2497 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER, | |
2498 | new wxGridCellNumberRenderer, | |
2499 | new wxGridCellNumberEditor); | |
2500 | } | |
2501 | else if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT ) | |
2502 | { | |
2503 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT, | |
2504 | new wxGridCellFloatRenderer, | |
2505 | new wxGridCellFloatEditor); | |
2506 | } else | |
2507 | #endif // wxUSE_TEXTCTRL | |
2508 | #if wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2509 | if ( typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE ) | |
2510 | { | |
2511 | RegisterDataType(wxGRID_VALUE_CHOICE, | |
2512 | new wxGridCellStringRenderer, | |
2513 | new wxGridCellChoiceEditor); | |
2514 | } else | |
2515 | #endif // wxUSE_COMBOBOX | |
2516 | { | |
2517 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2518 | } | |
2519 | ||
2520 | // we get here only if just added the entry for this type, so return | |
2521 | // the last index | |
2522 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2523 | } | |
2524 | ||
2525 | return index; | |
2526 | } | |
2527 | ||
2528 | int wxGridTypeRegistry::FindOrCloneDataType(const wxString& typeName) | |
2529 | { | |
2530 | int index = FindDataType(typeName); | |
2531 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2532 | { | |
2533 | // the first part of the typename is the "real" type, anything after ':' | |
2534 | // are the parameters for the renderer | |
2535 | index = FindDataType(typeName.BeforeFirst(_T(':'))); | |
2536 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
2537 | { | |
2538 | return wxNOT_FOUND; | |
2539 | } | |
2540 | ||
2541 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetRenderer(index); | |
2542 | wxGridCellRenderer *rendererOld = renderer; | |
2543 | renderer = renderer->Clone(); | |
2544 | rendererOld->DecRef(); | |
2545 | ||
2546 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = GetEditor(index); | |
2547 | wxGridCellEditor *editorOld = editor; | |
2548 | editor = editor->Clone(); | |
2549 | editorOld->DecRef(); | |
2550 | ||
2551 | // do it even if there are no parameters to reset them to defaults | |
2552 | wxString params = typeName.AfterFirst(_T(':')); | |
2553 | renderer->SetParameters(params); | |
2554 | editor->SetParameters(params); | |
2555 | ||
2556 | // register the new typename | |
2557 | RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
2558 | ||
2559 | // we just registered it, it's the last one | |
2560 | index = m_typeinfo.GetCount() - 1; | |
2561 | } | |
2562 | ||
2563 | return index; | |
2564 | } | |
2565 | ||
2566 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetRenderer(int index) | |
2567 | { | |
2568 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = m_typeinfo[index]->m_renderer; | |
2569 | if (renderer) | |
2570 | renderer->IncRef(); | |
2571 | return renderer; | |
2572 | } | |
2573 | ||
2574 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGridTypeRegistry::GetEditor(int index) | |
2575 | { | |
2576 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = m_typeinfo[index]->m_editor; | |
2577 | if (editor) | |
2578 | editor->IncRef(); | |
2579 | return editor; | |
2580 | } | |
2581 | ||
2582 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2583 | // wxGridTableBase | |
2584 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
2585 | ||
2586 | IMPLEMENT_ABSTRACT_CLASS( wxGridTableBase, wxObject ) | |
2587 | ||
2588 | ||
2589 | wxGridTableBase::wxGridTableBase() | |
2590 | { | |
2591 | m_view = (wxGrid *) NULL; | |
2592 | m_attrProvider = (wxGridCellAttrProvider *) NULL; | |
2593 | } | |
2594 | ||
2595 | wxGridTableBase::~wxGridTableBase() | |
2596 | { | |
2597 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2598 | } | |
2599 | ||
2600 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttrProvider(wxGridCellAttrProvider *attrProvider) | |
2601 | { | |
2602 | delete m_attrProvider; | |
2603 | m_attrProvider = attrProvider; | |
2604 | } | |
2605 | ||
2606 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanHaveAttributes() | |
2607 | { | |
2608 | if ( ! GetAttrProvider() ) | |
2609 | { | |
2610 | // use the default attr provider by default | |
2611 | SetAttrProvider(new wxGridCellAttrProvider); | |
2612 | } | |
2613 | return TRUE; | |
2614 | } | |
2615 | ||
2616 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGridTableBase::GetAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr::wxAttrKind kind) | |
2617 | { | |
2618 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2619 | return m_attrProvider->GetAttr(row, col, kind); | |
2620 | else | |
2621 | return (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
2622 | } | |
2623 | ||
2624 | void wxGridTableBase::SetAttr(wxGridCellAttr* attr, int row, int col) | |
2625 | { | |
2626 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2627 | { | |
2628 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
2629 | m_attrProvider->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
2630 | } | |
2631 | else | |
2632 | { | |
2633 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2634 | // free it now | |
2635 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2636 | } | |
2637 | } | |
2638 | ||
2639 | void wxGridTableBase::SetRowAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int row) | |
2640 | { | |
2641 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2642 | { | |
2643 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Row); | |
2644 | m_attrProvider->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
2645 | } | |
2646 | else | |
2647 | { | |
2648 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2649 | // free it now | |
2650 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2651 | } | |
2652 | } | |
2653 | ||
2654 | void wxGridTableBase::SetColAttr(wxGridCellAttr *attr, int col) | |
2655 | { | |
2656 | if ( m_attrProvider ) | |
2657 | { | |
2658 | attr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Col); | |
2659 | m_attrProvider->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
2660 | } | |
2661 | else | |
2662 | { | |
2663 | // as we take ownership of the pointer and don't store it, we must | |
2664 | // free it now | |
2665 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
2666 | } | |
2667 | } | |
2668 | ||
2669 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2670 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2671 | { | |
2672 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function") ); | |
2673 | ||
2674 | return FALSE; | |
2675 | } | |
2676 | ||
2677 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendRows( size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2678 | { | |
2679 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function AppendRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2680 | ||
2681 | return FALSE; | |
2682 | } | |
2683 | ||
2684 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteRows( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2685 | size_t WXUNUSED(numRows) ) | |
2686 | { | |
2687 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteRows\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2688 | ||
2689 | return FALSE; | |
2690 | } | |
2691 | ||
2692 | bool wxGridTableBase::InsertCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2693 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2694 | { | |
2695 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function InsertCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2696 | ||
2697 | return FALSE; | |
2698 | } | |
2699 | ||
2700 | bool wxGridTableBase::AppendCols( size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2701 | { | |
2702 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Called grid table class function AppendCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2703 | ||
2704 | return FALSE; | |
2705 | } | |
2706 | ||
2707 | bool wxGridTableBase::DeleteCols( size_t WXUNUSED(pos), | |
2708 | size_t WXUNUSED(numCols) ) | |
2709 | { | |
2710 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called grid table class function DeleteCols\nbut your derived table class does not override this function")); | |
2711 | ||
2712 | return FALSE; | |
2713 | } | |
2714 | ||
2715 | ||
2716 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
2717 | { | |
2718 | wxString s; | |
2719 | s << row + 1; // RD: Starting the rows at zero confuses users, no matter | |
2720 | // how much it makes sense to us geeks. | |
2721 | return s; | |
2722 | } | |
2723 | ||
2724 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
2725 | { | |
2726 | // default col labels are: | |
2727 | // cols 0 to 25 : A-Z | |
2728 | // cols 26 to 675 : AA-ZZ | |
2729 | // etc. | |
2730 | ||
2731 | wxString s; | |
2732 | unsigned int i, n; | |
2733 | for ( n = 1; ; n++ ) | |
2734 | { | |
2735 | s += (_T('A') + (wxChar)( col%26 )); | |
2736 | col = col/26 - 1; | |
2737 | if ( col < 0 ) break; | |
2738 | } | |
2739 | ||
2740 | // reverse the string... | |
2741 | wxString s2; | |
2742 | for ( i = 0; i < n; i++ ) | |
2743 | { | |
2744 | s2 += s[n-i-1]; | |
2745 | } | |
2746 | ||
2747 | return s2; | |
2748 | } | |
2749 | ||
2750 | ||
2751 | wxString wxGridTableBase::GetTypeName( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2752 | { | |
2753 | return wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2754 | } | |
2755 | ||
2756 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanGetValueAs( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2757 | const wxString& typeName ) | |
2758 | { | |
2759 | return typeName == wxGRID_VALUE_STRING; | |
2760 | } | |
2761 | ||
2762 | bool wxGridTableBase::CanSetValueAs( int row, int col, const wxString& typeName ) | |
2763 | { | |
2764 | return CanGetValueAs(row, col, typeName); | |
2765 | } | |
2766 | ||
2767 | long wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2768 | { | |
2769 | return 0; | |
2770 | } | |
2771 | ||
2772 | double wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2773 | { | |
2774 | return 0.0; | |
2775 | } | |
2776 | ||
2777 | bool wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col) ) | |
2778 | { | |
2779 | return FALSE; | |
2780 | } | |
2781 | ||
2782 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsLong( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2783 | long WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2784 | { | |
2785 | } | |
2786 | ||
2787 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsDouble( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2788 | double WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2789 | { | |
2790 | } | |
2791 | ||
2792 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsBool( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2793 | bool WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2794 | { | |
2795 | } | |
2796 | ||
2797 | ||
2798 | void* wxGridTableBase::GetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2799 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName) ) | |
2800 | { | |
2801 | return NULL; | |
2802 | } | |
2803 | ||
2804 | void wxGridTableBase::SetValueAsCustom( int WXUNUSED(row), int WXUNUSED(col), | |
2805 | const wxString& WXUNUSED(typeName), | |
2806 | void* WXUNUSED(value) ) | |
2807 | { | |
2808 | } | |
2809 | ||
2810 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2811 | // | |
2812 | // Message class for the grid table to send requests and notifications | |
2813 | // to the grid view | |
2814 | // | |
2815 | ||
2816 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage() | |
2817 | { | |
2818 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
2819 | m_id = -1; | |
2820 | m_comInt1 = -1; | |
2821 | m_comInt2 = -1; | |
2822 | } | |
2823 | ||
2824 | wxGridTableMessage::wxGridTableMessage( wxGridTableBase *table, int id, | |
2825 | int commandInt1, int commandInt2 ) | |
2826 | { | |
2827 | m_table = table; | |
2828 | m_id = id; | |
2829 | m_comInt1 = commandInt1; | |
2830 | m_comInt2 = commandInt2; | |
2831 | } | |
2832 | ||
2833 | ||
2834 | ||
2835 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
2836 | // | |
2837 | // A basic grid table for string data. An object of this class will | |
2838 | // created by wxGrid if you don't specify an alternative table class. | |
2839 | // | |
2840 | ||
2841 | WX_DEFINE_OBJARRAY(wxGridStringArray) | |
2842 | ||
2843 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridStringTable, wxGridTableBase ) | |
2844 | ||
2845 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable() | |
2846 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2847 | { | |
2848 | } | |
2849 | ||
2850 | wxGridStringTable::wxGridStringTable( int numRows, int numCols ) | |
2851 | : wxGridTableBase() | |
2852 | { | |
2853 | int row, col; | |
2854 | ||
2855 | m_data.Alloc( numRows ); | |
2856 | ||
2857 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2858 | sa.Alloc( numCols ); | |
2859 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2860 | { | |
2861 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2862 | } | |
2863 | ||
2864 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2865 | { | |
2866 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2867 | } | |
2868 | } | |
2869 | ||
2870 | wxGridStringTable::~wxGridStringTable() | |
2871 | { | |
2872 | } | |
2873 | ||
2874 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberRows() | |
2875 | { | |
2876 | return m_data.GetCount(); | |
2877 | } | |
2878 | ||
2879 | int wxGridStringTable::GetNumberCols() | |
2880 | { | |
2881 | if ( m_data.GetCount() > 0 ) | |
2882 | return m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2883 | else | |
2884 | return 0; | |
2885 | } | |
2886 | ||
2887 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetValue( int row, int col ) | |
2888 | { | |
2889 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2890 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2891 | ||
2892 | return m_data[row][col]; | |
2893 | } | |
2894 | ||
2895 | void wxGridStringTable::SetValue( int row, int col, const wxString& value ) | |
2896 | { | |
2897 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2898 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2899 | ||
2900 | m_data[row][col] = value; | |
2901 | } | |
2902 | ||
2903 | bool wxGridStringTable::IsEmptyCell( int row, int col ) | |
2904 | { | |
2905 | wxASSERT_MSG( (row < GetNumberRows()) && (col < GetNumberCols()), | |
2906 | _T("invalid row or column index in wxGridStringTable") ); | |
2907 | ||
2908 | return (m_data[row][col] == wxEmptyString); | |
2909 | } | |
2910 | ||
2911 | void wxGridStringTable::Clear() | |
2912 | { | |
2913 | int row, col; | |
2914 | int numRows, numCols; | |
2915 | ||
2916 | numRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2917 | if ( numRows > 0 ) | |
2918 | { | |
2919 | numCols = m_data[0].GetCount(); | |
2920 | ||
2921 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2922 | { | |
2923 | for ( col = 0; col < numCols; col++ ) | |
2924 | { | |
2925 | m_data[row][col] = wxEmptyString; | |
2926 | } | |
2927 | } | |
2928 | } | |
2929 | } | |
2930 | ||
2931 | ||
2932 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
2933 | { | |
2934 | size_t row, col; | |
2935 | ||
2936 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2937 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2938 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2939 | ||
2940 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
2941 | { | |
2942 | return AppendRows( numRows ); | |
2943 | } | |
2944 | ||
2945 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2946 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2947 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2948 | { | |
2949 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2950 | } | |
2951 | ||
2952 | for ( row = pos; row < pos + numRows; row++ ) | |
2953 | { | |
2954 | m_data.Insert( sa, row ); | |
2955 | } | |
2956 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2957 | { | |
2958 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2959 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED, | |
2960 | pos, | |
2961 | numRows ); | |
2962 | ||
2963 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2964 | } | |
2965 | ||
2966 | return TRUE; | |
2967 | } | |
2968 | ||
2969 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendRows( size_t numRows ) | |
2970 | { | |
2971 | size_t row, col; | |
2972 | ||
2973 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
2974 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
2975 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
2976 | ||
2977 | wxArrayString sa; | |
2978 | if ( curNumCols > 0 ) | |
2979 | { | |
2980 | sa.Alloc( curNumCols ); | |
2981 | for ( col = 0; col < curNumCols; col++ ) | |
2982 | { | |
2983 | sa.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
2984 | } | |
2985 | } | |
2986 | ||
2987 | for ( row = 0; row < numRows; row++ ) | |
2988 | { | |
2989 | m_data.Add( sa ); | |
2990 | } | |
2991 | ||
2992 | if ( GetView() ) | |
2993 | { | |
2994 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
2995 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED, | |
2996 | numRows ); | |
2997 | ||
2998 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
2999 | } | |
3000 | ||
3001 | return TRUE; | |
3002 | } | |
3003 | ||
3004 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows( size_t pos, size_t numRows ) | |
3005 | { | |
3006 | size_t n; | |
3007 | ||
3008 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3009 | ||
3010 | if ( pos >= curNumRows ) | |
3011 | { | |
3012 | wxString errmsg; | |
3013 | errmsg.Printf(wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteRows(pos=%d, N=%d)\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d rows"), | |
3014 | pos, numRows, curNumRows ); | |
3015 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3016 | return FALSE; | |
3017 | } | |
3018 | ||
3019 | if ( numRows > curNumRows - pos ) | |
3020 | { | |
3021 | numRows = curNumRows - pos; | |
3022 | } | |
3023 | ||
3024 | if ( numRows >= curNumRows ) | |
3025 | { | |
3026 | m_data.Empty(); // don't release memory just yet | |
3027 | } | |
3028 | else | |
3029 | { | |
3030 | for ( n = 0; n < numRows; n++ ) | |
3031 | { | |
3032 | m_data.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
3033 | } | |
3034 | } | |
3035 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3036 | { | |
3037 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3038 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED, | |
3039 | pos, | |
3040 | numRows ); | |
3041 | ||
3042 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3043 | } | |
3044 | ||
3045 | return TRUE; | |
3046 | } | |
3047 | ||
3048 | bool wxGridStringTable::InsertCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3049 | { | |
3050 | size_t row, col; | |
3051 | ||
3052 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3053 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3054 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3055 | ||
3056 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3057 | { | |
3058 | return AppendCols( numCols ); | |
3059 | } | |
3060 | ||
3061 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3062 | { | |
3063 | for ( col = pos; col < pos + numCols; col++ ) | |
3064 | { | |
3065 | m_data[row].Insert( wxEmptyString, col ); | |
3066 | } | |
3067 | } | |
3068 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3069 | { | |
3070 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3071 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED, | |
3072 | pos, | |
3073 | numCols ); | |
3074 | ||
3075 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3076 | } | |
3077 | ||
3078 | return TRUE; | |
3079 | } | |
3080 | ||
3081 | bool wxGridStringTable::AppendCols( size_t numCols ) | |
3082 | { | |
3083 | size_t row, n; | |
3084 | ||
3085 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3086 | #if 0 | |
3087 | if ( !curNumRows ) | |
3088 | { | |
3089 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3090 | // | |
3091 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Unable to append cols to a grid table with no rows.\nCall AppendRows() first") ); | |
3092 | return FALSE; | |
3093 | } | |
3094 | #endif | |
3095 | ||
3096 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3097 | { | |
3098 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3099 | { | |
3100 | m_data[row].Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
3101 | } | |
3102 | } | |
3103 | ||
3104 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3105 | { | |
3106 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3107 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED, | |
3108 | numCols ); | |
3109 | ||
3110 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3111 | } | |
3112 | ||
3113 | return TRUE; | |
3114 | } | |
3115 | ||
3116 | bool wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols( size_t pos, size_t numCols ) | |
3117 | { | |
3118 | size_t row, n; | |
3119 | ||
3120 | size_t curNumRows = m_data.GetCount(); | |
3121 | size_t curNumCols = ( curNumRows > 0 ? m_data[0].GetCount() : | |
3122 | ( GetView() ? GetView()->GetNumberCols() : 0 ) ); | |
3123 | ||
3124 | if ( pos >= curNumCols ) | |
3125 | { | |
3126 | wxString errmsg; | |
3127 | errmsg.Printf( wxT("Called wxGridStringTable::DeleteCols(pos=%d, N=%d)...\nPos value is invalid for present table with %d cols"), | |
3128 | pos, numCols, curNumCols ); | |
3129 | wxFAIL_MSG( errmsg ); | |
3130 | return FALSE; | |
3131 | } | |
3132 | ||
3133 | if ( numCols > curNumCols - pos ) | |
3134 | { | |
3135 | numCols = curNumCols - pos; | |
3136 | } | |
3137 | ||
3138 | for ( row = 0; row < curNumRows; row++ ) | |
3139 | { | |
3140 | if ( numCols >= curNumCols ) | |
3141 | { | |
3142 | m_data[row].Clear(); | |
3143 | } | |
3144 | else | |
3145 | { | |
3146 | for ( n = 0; n < numCols; n++ ) | |
3147 | { | |
3148 | m_data[row].RemoveAt( pos ); | |
3149 | } | |
3150 | } | |
3151 | } | |
3152 | if ( GetView() ) | |
3153 | { | |
3154 | wxGridTableMessage msg( this, | |
3155 | wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED, | |
3156 | pos, | |
3157 | numCols ); | |
3158 | ||
3159 | GetView()->ProcessTableMessage( msg ); | |
3160 | } | |
3161 | ||
3162 | return TRUE; | |
3163 | } | |
3164 | ||
3165 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
3166 | { | |
3167 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3168 | { | |
3169 | // using default label | |
3170 | // | |
3171 | return wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
3172 | } | |
3173 | else | |
3174 | { | |
3175 | return m_rowLabels[ row ]; | |
3176 | } | |
3177 | } | |
3178 | ||
3179 | wxString wxGridStringTable::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
3180 | { | |
3181 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3182 | { | |
3183 | // using default label | |
3184 | // | |
3185 | return wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
3186 | } | |
3187 | else | |
3188 | { | |
3189 | return m_colLabels[ col ]; | |
3190 | } | |
3191 | } | |
3192 | ||
3193 | void wxGridStringTable::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& value ) | |
3194 | { | |
3195 | if ( row > (int)(m_rowLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3196 | { | |
3197 | int n = m_rowLabels.GetCount(); | |
3198 | int i; | |
3199 | for ( i = n; i <= row; i++ ) | |
3200 | { | |
3201 | m_rowLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetRowLabelValue(i) ); | |
3202 | } | |
3203 | } | |
3204 | ||
3205 | m_rowLabels[row] = value; | |
3206 | } | |
3207 | ||
3208 | void wxGridStringTable::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& value ) | |
3209 | { | |
3210 | if ( col > (int)(m_colLabels.GetCount()) - 1 ) | |
3211 | { | |
3212 | int n = m_colLabels.GetCount(); | |
3213 | int i; | |
3214 | for ( i = n; i <= col; i++ ) | |
3215 | { | |
3216 | m_colLabels.Add( wxGridTableBase::GetColLabelValue(i) ); | |
3217 | } | |
3218 | } | |
3219 | ||
3220 | m_colLabels[col] = value; | |
3221 | } | |
3222 | ||
3223 | ||
3224 | ||
3225 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3226 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3227 | ||
3228 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3229 | ||
3230 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridRowLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3231 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3232 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3233 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3234 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3235 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3236 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3237 | ||
3238 | wxGridRowLabelWindow::wxGridRowLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3239 | wxWindowID id, | |
3240 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3241 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3242 | { | |
3243 | m_owner = parent; | |
3244 | } | |
3245 | ||
3246 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3247 | { | |
3248 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3249 | ||
3250 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3251 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3252 | // set the y coord - MB | |
3253 | // | |
3254 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3255 | ||
3256 | int x, y; | |
3257 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3258 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( 0, -y ); | |
3259 | ||
3260 | wxArrayInt rows = m_owner->CalcRowLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3261 | m_owner->DrawRowLabels( dc , rows ); | |
3262 | } | |
3263 | ||
3264 | ||
3265 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3266 | { | |
3267 | m_owner->ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3268 | } | |
3269 | ||
3270 | ||
3271 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3272 | { | |
3273 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3274 | } | |
3275 | ||
3276 | ||
3277 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3278 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3279 | // | |
3280 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3281 | { | |
3282 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3283 | } | |
3284 | ||
3285 | void wxGridRowLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3286 | { | |
3287 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3288 | } | |
3289 | ||
3290 | ||
3291 | ||
3292 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3293 | ||
3294 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3295 | ||
3296 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridColLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3297 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3298 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3299 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3300 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3301 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3302 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3303 | ||
3304 | wxGridColLabelWindow::wxGridColLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3305 | wxWindowID id, | |
3306 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3307 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3308 | { | |
3309 | m_owner = parent; | |
3310 | } | |
3311 | ||
3312 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3313 | { | |
3314 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3315 | ||
3316 | // NO - don't do this because it will set both the x and y origin | |
3317 | // coords to match the parent scrolled window and we just want to | |
3318 | // set the x coord - MB | |
3319 | // | |
3320 | // m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3321 | ||
3322 | int x, y; | |
3323 | m_owner->CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &x, &y ); | |
3324 | dc.SetDeviceOrigin( -x, 0 ); | |
3325 | ||
3326 | wxArrayInt cols = m_owner->CalcColLabelsExposed( GetUpdateRegion() ); | |
3327 | m_owner->DrawColLabels( dc , cols ); | |
3328 | } | |
3329 | ||
3330 | ||
3331 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3332 | { | |
3333 | m_owner->ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3334 | } | |
3335 | ||
3336 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3337 | { | |
3338 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3339 | } | |
3340 | ||
3341 | ||
3342 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3343 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3344 | // | |
3345 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3346 | { | |
3347 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3348 | } | |
3349 | ||
3350 | void wxGridColLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3351 | { | |
3352 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3353 | } | |
3354 | ||
3355 | ||
3356 | ||
3357 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3358 | ||
3359 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3360 | ||
3361 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridCornerLabelWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3362 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3363 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3364 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint) | |
3365 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3366 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3367 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3368 | ||
3369 | wxGridCornerLabelWindow::wxGridCornerLabelWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3370 | wxWindowID id, | |
3371 | const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3372 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS ) | |
3373 | { | |
3374 | m_owner = parent; | |
3375 | } | |
3376 | ||
3377 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3378 | { | |
3379 | wxPaintDC dc(this); | |
3380 | ||
3381 | int client_height = 0; | |
3382 | int client_width = 0; | |
3383 | GetClientSize( &client_width, &client_height ); | |
3384 | ||
3385 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
3386 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, client_width-1, 0 ); | |
3387 | dc.DrawLine( client_width-1, client_height-1, 0, client_height-1 ); | |
3388 | ||
3389 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
3390 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, client_width, 0 ); | |
3391 | dc.DrawLine( 0, 0, 0, client_height ); | |
3392 | } | |
3393 | ||
3394 | ||
3395 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3396 | { | |
3397 | m_owner->ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( event ); | |
3398 | } | |
3399 | ||
3400 | ||
3401 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3402 | { | |
3403 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3404 | } | |
3405 | ||
3406 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif otherwise the mouse | |
3407 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3408 | // | |
3409 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3410 | { | |
3411 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3412 | } | |
3413 | ||
3414 | void wxGridCornerLabelWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3415 | { | |
3416 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3417 | } | |
3418 | ||
3419 | ||
3420 | ||
3421 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3422 | ||
3423 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3424 | ||
3425 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGridWindow, wxWindow ) | |
3426 | EVT_PAINT( wxGridWindow::OnPaint ) | |
3427 | EVT_MOUSEWHEEL( wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel) | |
3428 | EVT_MOUSE_EVENTS( wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent ) | |
3429 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown ) | |
3430 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp ) | |
3431 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3432 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3433 | ||
3434 | wxGridWindow::wxGridWindow( wxGrid *parent, | |
3435 | wxGridRowLabelWindow *rowLblWin, | |
3436 | wxGridColLabelWindow *colLblWin, | |
3437 | wxWindowID id, const wxPoint &pos, const wxSize &size ) | |
3438 | : wxWindow( parent, id, pos, size, wxWANTS_CHARS, "grid window" ) | |
3439 | { | |
3440 | m_owner = parent; | |
3441 | m_rowLabelWin = rowLblWin; | |
3442 | m_colLabelWin = colLblWin; | |
3443 | SetBackgroundColour(_T("WHITE")); | |
3444 | } | |
3445 | ||
3446 | ||
3447 | wxGridWindow::~wxGridWindow() | |
3448 | { | |
3449 | } | |
3450 | ||
3451 | ||
3452 | void wxGridWindow::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent &WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3453 | { | |
3454 | wxPaintDC dc( this ); | |
3455 | m_owner->PrepareDC( dc ); | |
3456 | wxRegion reg = GetUpdateRegion(); | |
3457 | wxGridCellCoordsArray DirtyCells = m_owner->CalcCellsExposed( reg ); | |
3458 | m_owner->DrawGridCellArea( dc , DirtyCells); | |
3459 | #if WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
3460 | m_owner->DrawAllGridLines( dc, reg ); | |
3461 | #endif | |
3462 | m_owner->DrawGridSpace( dc ); | |
3463 | m_owner->DrawHighlight( dc , DirtyCells ); | |
3464 | } | |
3465 | ||
3466 | ||
3467 | void wxGridWindow::ScrollWindow( int dx, int dy, const wxRect *rect ) | |
3468 | { | |
3469 | wxWindow::ScrollWindow( dx, dy, rect ); | |
3470 | m_rowLabelWin->ScrollWindow( 0, dy, rect ); | |
3471 | m_colLabelWin->ScrollWindow( dx, 0, rect ); | |
3472 | } | |
3473 | ||
3474 | ||
3475 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3476 | { | |
3477 | m_owner->ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( event ); | |
3478 | } | |
3479 | ||
3480 | void wxGridWindow::OnMouseWheel( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
3481 | { | |
3482 | m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(event); | |
3483 | } | |
3484 | ||
3485 | // This seems to be required for wxMotif/wxGTK otherwise the mouse | |
3486 | // cursor must be in the cell edit control to get key events | |
3487 | // | |
3488 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3489 | { | |
3490 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3491 | } | |
3492 | ||
3493 | void wxGridWindow::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
3494 | { | |
3495 | if ( !m_owner->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( event ) ) event.Skip(); | |
3496 | } | |
3497 | ||
3498 | void wxGridWindow::OnEraseBackground( wxEraseEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
3499 | { | |
3500 | } | |
3501 | ||
3502 | ||
3503 | ////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3504 | ||
3505 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
3506 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
3507 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
3508 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
3509 | ||
3510 | // Internal helper macros for simpler use of that function | |
3511 | ||
3512 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
3513 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, bool maxOnOverflow); | |
3514 | ||
3515 | #define internalXToCol(x) CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, \ | |
3516 | WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH, \ | |
3517 | m_colRights, TRUE) | |
3518 | #define internalYToRow(y) CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, \ | |
3519 | WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT, \ | |
3520 | m_rowBottoms, TRUE) | |
3521 | ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// | |
3522 | ||
3523 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3524 | ||
3525 | BEGIN_EVENT_TABLE( wxGrid, wxScrolledWindow ) | |
3526 | EVT_PAINT( wxGrid::OnPaint ) | |
3527 | EVT_SIZE( wxGrid::OnSize ) | |
3528 | EVT_KEY_DOWN( wxGrid::OnKeyDown ) | |
3529 | EVT_KEY_UP( wxGrid::OnKeyUp ) | |
3530 | EVT_ERASE_BACKGROUND( wxGrid::OnEraseBackground ) | |
3531 | END_EVENT_TABLE() | |
3532 | ||
3533 | wxGrid::wxGrid( wxWindow *parent, | |
3534 | wxWindowID id, | |
3535 | const wxPoint& pos, | |
3536 | const wxSize& size, | |
3537 | long style, | |
3538 | const wxString& name ) | |
3539 | : wxScrolledWindow( parent, id, pos, size, (style | wxWANTS_CHARS), name ), | |
3540 | m_colMinWidths(GRID_HASH_SIZE), | |
3541 | m_rowMinHeights(GRID_HASH_SIZE) | |
3542 | { | |
3543 | Create(); | |
3544 | } | |
3545 | ||
3546 | ||
3547 | wxGrid::~wxGrid() | |
3548 | { | |
3549 | // Must do this or ~wxScrollHelper will pop the wrong event handler | |
3550 | SetTargetWindow(this); | |
3551 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
3552 | wxSafeDecRef(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3553 | ||
3554 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
3555 | size_t total = gs_nAttrCacheHits + gs_nAttrCacheMisses; | |
3556 | wxPrintf(_T("wxGrid attribute cache statistics: " | |
3557 | "total: %u, hits: %u (%u%%)\n"), | |
3558 | total, gs_nAttrCacheHits, | |
3559 | total ? (gs_nAttrCacheHits*100) / total : 0); | |
3560 | #endif | |
3561 | ||
3562 | if (m_ownTable) | |
3563 | delete m_table; | |
3564 | ||
3565 | delete m_typeRegistry; | |
3566 | delete m_selection; | |
3567 | } | |
3568 | ||
3569 | ||
3570 | // | |
3571 | // ----- internal init and update functions | |
3572 | // | |
3573 | ||
3574 | void wxGrid::Create() | |
3575 | { | |
3576 | m_created = FALSE; // set to TRUE by CreateGrid | |
3577 | ||
3578 | m_table = (wxGridTableBase *) NULL; | |
3579 | m_ownTable = FALSE; | |
3580 | ||
3581 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
3582 | ||
3583 | m_defaultCellAttr = new wxGridCellAttr(); | |
3584 | ||
3585 | // Set default cell attributes | |
3586 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
3587 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetKind(wxGridCellAttr::Default); | |
3588 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(GetFont()); | |
3589 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(wxALIGN_LEFT, wxALIGN_TOP); | |
3590 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour( | |
3591 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOWTEXT)); | |
3592 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour( | |
3593 | wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_WINDOW)); | |
3594 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(new wxGridCellStringRenderer); | |
3595 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(new wxGridCellTextEditor); | |
3596 | ||
3597 | ||
3598 | m_numRows = 0; | |
3599 | m_numCols = 0; | |
3600 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3601 | ||
3602 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3603 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3604 | ||
3605 | // create the type registry | |
3606 | m_typeRegistry = new wxGridTypeRegistry; | |
3607 | m_selection = 0; | |
3608 | // subwindow components that make up the wxGrid | |
3609 | m_cornerLabelWin = new wxGridCornerLabelWindow( this, | |
3610 | -1, | |
3611 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3612 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3613 | ||
3614 | m_rowLabelWin = new wxGridRowLabelWindow( this, | |
3615 | -1, | |
3616 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3617 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3618 | ||
3619 | m_colLabelWin = new wxGridColLabelWindow( this, | |
3620 | -1, | |
3621 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3622 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3623 | ||
3624 | m_gridWin = new wxGridWindow( this, | |
3625 | m_rowLabelWin, | |
3626 | m_colLabelWin, | |
3627 | -1, | |
3628 | wxDefaultPosition, | |
3629 | wxDefaultSize ); | |
3630 | ||
3631 | SetTargetWindow( m_gridWin ); | |
3632 | ||
3633 | Init(); | |
3634 | } | |
3635 | ||
3636 | ||
3637 | bool wxGrid::CreateGrid( int numRows, int numCols, | |
3638 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3639 | { | |
3640 | wxCHECK_MSG( !m_created, | |
3641 | FALSE, | |
3642 | wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3643 | ||
3644 | m_numRows = numRows; | |
3645 | m_numCols = numCols; | |
3646 | ||
3647 | m_table = new wxGridStringTable( m_numRows, m_numCols ); | |
3648 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3649 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3650 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3651 | ||
3652 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3653 | ||
3654 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3655 | ||
3656 | return m_created; | |
3657 | } | |
3658 | ||
3659 | void wxGrid::SetSelectionMode(wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode) | |
3660 | { | |
3661 | wxCHECK_RET( m_created, | |
3662 | wxT("Called wxGrid::SetSelectionMode() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
3663 | ||
3664 | m_selection->SetSelectionMode( selmode ); | |
3665 | } | |
3666 | ||
3667 | bool wxGrid::SetTable( wxGridTableBase *table, bool takeOwnership, | |
3668 | wxGrid::wxGridSelectionModes selmode ) | |
3669 | { | |
3670 | if ( m_created ) | |
3671 | { | |
3672 | // RD: Actually, this should probably be allowed. I think it would be | |
3673 | // nice to be able to switch multiple Tables in and out of a single | |
3674 | // View at runtime. Is there anything in the implmentation that would | |
3675 | // prevent this? | |
3676 | ||
3677 | // At least, you now have to cope with m_selection | |
3678 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::CreateGrid or wxGrid::SetTable called more than once") ); | |
3679 | return FALSE; | |
3680 | } | |
3681 | else | |
3682 | { | |
3683 | m_numRows = table->GetNumberRows(); | |
3684 | m_numCols = table->GetNumberCols(); | |
3685 | ||
3686 | m_table = table; | |
3687 | m_table->SetView( this ); | |
3688 | if (takeOwnership) | |
3689 | m_ownTable = TRUE; | |
3690 | m_selection = new wxGridSelection( this, selmode ); | |
3691 | ||
3692 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3693 | ||
3694 | m_created = TRUE; | |
3695 | } | |
3696 | ||
3697 | return m_created; | |
3698 | } | |
3699 | ||
3700 | ||
3701 | void wxGrid::Init() | |
3702 | { | |
3703 | m_rowLabelWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_ROW_LABEL_WIDTH; | |
3704 | m_colLabelHeight = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_LABEL_HEIGHT; | |
3705 | ||
3706 | if ( m_rowLabelWin ) | |
3707 | { | |
3708 | m_labelBackgroundColour = m_rowLabelWin->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
3709 | } | |
3710 | else | |
3711 | { | |
3712 | m_labelBackgroundColour = wxColour( _T("WHITE") ); | |
3713 | } | |
3714 | ||
3715 | m_labelTextColour = wxColour( _T("BLACK") ); | |
3716 | ||
3717 | // init attr cache | |
3718 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
3719 | ||
3720 | // TODO: something better than this ? | |
3721 | // | |
3722 | m_labelFont = this->GetFont(); | |
3723 | m_labelFont.SetWeight( m_labelFont.GetWeight() + 2 ); | |
3724 | ||
3725 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_LEFT; | |
3726 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3727 | ||
3728 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = wxALIGN_CENTRE; | |
3729 | m_colLabelVertAlign = wxALIGN_TOP; | |
3730 | ||
3731 | m_defaultColWidth = WXGRID_DEFAULT_COL_WIDTH; | |
3732 | m_defaultRowHeight = m_gridWin->GetCharHeight(); | |
3733 | ||
3734 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) || defined(__WXGTK__) // see also text ctrl sizing in ShowCellEditControl() | |
3735 | m_defaultRowHeight += 8; | |
3736 | #else | |
3737 | m_defaultRowHeight += 4; | |
3738 | #endif | |
3739 | ||
3740 | m_gridLineColour = wxColour( 128, 128, 255 ); | |
3741 | m_gridLinesEnabled = TRUE; | |
3742 | m_cellHighlightColour = m_gridLineColour; | |
3743 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = 2; | |
3744 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = 1; | |
3745 | ||
3746 | m_cursorMode = WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL; | |
3747 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
3748 | m_canDragRowSize = TRUE; | |
3749 | m_canDragColSize = TRUE; | |
3750 | m_canDragGridSize = TRUE; | |
3751 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
3752 | m_dragRowOrCol = -1; | |
3753 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
3754 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
3755 | ||
3756 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
3757 | ||
3758 | m_rowResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZENS ); | |
3759 | m_colResizeCursor = wxCursor( wxCURSOR_SIZEWE ); | |
3760 | ||
3761 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3762 | ||
3763 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3764 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
3765 | m_selectionBackground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHT); | |
3766 | m_selectionForeground = wxSystemSettings::GetColour(wxSYS_COLOUR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT); | |
3767 | ||
3768 | m_editable = TRUE; // default for whole grid | |
3769 | ||
3770 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
3771 | m_batchCount = 0; | |
3772 | ||
3773 | m_extraWidth = | |
3774 | m_extraHeight = 0; | |
3775 | } | |
3776 | ||
3777 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3778 | // the idea is to call these functions only when necessary because they create | |
3779 | // quite big arrays which eat memory mostly unnecessary - in particular, if | |
3780 | // default widths/heights are used for all rows/columns, we may not use these | |
3781 | // arrays at all | |
3782 | // | |
3783 | // with some extra code, it should be possible to only store the | |
3784 | // widths/heights different from default ones but this will be done later... | |
3785 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
3786 | ||
3787 | void wxGrid::InitRowHeights() | |
3788 | { | |
3789 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
3790 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
3791 | ||
3792 | m_rowHeights.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3793 | m_rowBottoms.Alloc( m_numRows ); | |
3794 | ||
3795 | int rowBottom = 0; | |
3796 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3797 | { | |
3798 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
3799 | rowBottom += m_defaultRowHeight; | |
3800 | m_rowBottoms.Add( rowBottom ); | |
3801 | } | |
3802 | } | |
3803 | ||
3804 | void wxGrid::InitColWidths() | |
3805 | { | |
3806 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
3807 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
3808 | ||
3809 | m_colWidths.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3810 | m_colRights.Alloc( m_numCols ); | |
3811 | int colRight = 0; | |
3812 | for ( int i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
3813 | { | |
3814 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
3815 | colRight += m_defaultColWidth; | |
3816 | m_colRights.Add( colRight ); | |
3817 | } | |
3818 | } | |
3819 | ||
3820 | int wxGrid::GetColWidth(int col) const | |
3821 | { | |
3822 | return m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultColWidth : m_colWidths[col]; | |
3823 | } | |
3824 | ||
3825 | int wxGrid::GetColLeft(int col) const | |
3826 | { | |
3827 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? col * m_defaultColWidth | |
3828 | : m_colRights[col] - m_colWidths[col]; | |
3829 | } | |
3830 | ||
3831 | int wxGrid::GetColRight(int col) const | |
3832 | { | |
3833 | return m_colRights.IsEmpty() ? (col + 1) * m_defaultColWidth | |
3834 | : m_colRights[col]; | |
3835 | } | |
3836 | ||
3837 | int wxGrid::GetRowHeight(int row) const | |
3838 | { | |
3839 | return m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ? m_defaultRowHeight : m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3840 | } | |
3841 | ||
3842 | int wxGrid::GetRowTop(int row) const | |
3843 | { | |
3844 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? row * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3845 | : m_rowBottoms[row] - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
3846 | } | |
3847 | ||
3848 | int wxGrid::GetRowBottom(int row) const | |
3849 | { | |
3850 | return m_rowBottoms.IsEmpty() ? (row + 1) * m_defaultRowHeight | |
3851 | : m_rowBottoms[row]; | |
3852 | } | |
3853 | ||
3854 | void wxGrid::CalcDimensions() | |
3855 | { | |
3856 | int cw, ch; | |
3857 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3858 | ||
3859 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3860 | cw -= m_rowLabelWidth; | |
3861 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3862 | ch -= m_colLabelHeight; | |
3863 | ||
3864 | // grid total size | |
3865 | int w = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) + m_extraWidth + 1 : 0; | |
3866 | int h = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) + m_extraHeight + 1 : 0; | |
3867 | ||
3868 | // preserve (more or less) the previous position | |
3869 | int x, y; | |
3870 | GetViewStart( &x, &y ); | |
3871 | ||
3872 | // maybe we don't need scrollbars at all? | |
3873 | // | |
3874 | // also adjust the position to be valid for the new scroll rangs | |
3875 | if ( w <= cw ) | |
3876 | { | |
3877 | w = x = 0; | |
3878 | } | |
3879 | else | |
3880 | { | |
3881 | if ( x >= w ) | |
3882 | x = w - 1; | |
3883 | } | |
3884 | ||
3885 | if ( h <= ch ) | |
3886 | { | |
3887 | h = y = 0; | |
3888 | } | |
3889 | else | |
3890 | { | |
3891 | if ( y >= h ) | |
3892 | y = h - 1; | |
3893 | } | |
3894 | ||
3895 | // do set scrollbar parameters | |
3896 | SetScrollbars( GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y, | |
3897 | GetScrollX(w), GetScrollY(h), x, y, | |
3898 | GetBatchCount() != 0); | |
3899 | ||
3900 | // if our OnSize() hadn't been called (it would if we have scrollbars), we | |
3901 | // still must reposition the children | |
3902 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
3903 | } | |
3904 | ||
3905 | ||
3906 | void wxGrid::CalcWindowSizes() | |
3907 | { | |
3908 | int cw, ch; | |
3909 | GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
3910 | ||
3911 | if ( m_cornerLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3912 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetSize( 0, 0, m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight ); | |
3913 | ||
3914 | if ( m_colLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3915 | m_colLabelWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, 0, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight); | |
3916 | ||
3917 | if ( m_rowLabelWin->IsShown() ) | |
3918 | m_rowLabelWin->SetSize( 0, m_colLabelHeight, m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3919 | ||
3920 | if ( m_gridWin->IsShown() ) | |
3921 | m_gridWin->SetSize( m_rowLabelWidth, m_colLabelHeight, cw-m_rowLabelWidth, ch-m_colLabelHeight); | |
3922 | } | |
3923 | ||
3924 | ||
3925 | // this is called when the grid table sends a message to say that it | |
3926 | // has been redimensioned | |
3927 | // | |
3928 | bool wxGrid::Redimension( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
3929 | { | |
3930 | int i; | |
3931 | bool result = FALSE; | |
3932 | ||
3933 | #if 0 | |
3934 | // if we were using the default widths/heights so far, we must change them | |
3935 | // now | |
3936 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
3937 | { | |
3938 | InitColWidths(); | |
3939 | } | |
3940 | ||
3941 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3942 | { | |
3943 | InitRowHeights(); | |
3944 | } | |
3945 | #endif | |
3946 | ||
3947 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
3948 | { | |
3949 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
3950 | { | |
3951 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3952 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
3953 | ||
3954 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3955 | ||
3956 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
3957 | { | |
3958 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
3959 | { | |
3960 | m_rowHeights.Insert( m_defaultRowHeight, pos ); | |
3961 | m_rowBottoms.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
3962 | } | |
3963 | ||
3964 | int bottom = 0; | |
3965 | if ( pos > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[pos-1]; | |
3966 | ||
3967 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
3968 | { | |
3969 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
3970 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
3971 | } | |
3972 | } | |
3973 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
3974 | { | |
3975 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
3976 | // cell will be undefined... | |
3977 | // | |
3978 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
3979 | } | |
3980 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3981 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
3982 | if (attrProvider) | |
3983 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, numRows ); | |
3984 | ||
3985 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
3986 | { | |
3987 | CalcDimensions(); | |
3988 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
3989 | } | |
3990 | } | |
3991 | result = TRUE; | |
3992 | break; | |
3993 | ||
3994 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
3995 | { | |
3996 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
3997 | int oldNumRows = m_numRows; | |
3998 | m_numRows += numRows; | |
3999 | ||
4000 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4001 | { | |
4002 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
4003 | { | |
4004 | m_rowHeights.Add( m_defaultRowHeight ); | |
4005 | m_rowBottoms.Add( 0 ); | |
4006 | } | |
4007 | ||
4008 | int bottom = 0; | |
4009 | if ( oldNumRows > 0 ) bottom = m_rowBottoms[oldNumRows-1]; | |
4010 | ||
4011 | for ( i = oldNumRows; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4012 | { | |
4013 | bottom += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4014 | m_rowBottoms[i] = bottom; | |
4015 | } | |
4016 | } | |
4017 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4018 | { | |
4019 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4020 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4021 | // | |
4022 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4023 | } | |
4024 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4025 | { | |
4026 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4027 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4028 | } | |
4029 | } | |
4030 | result = TRUE; | |
4031 | break; | |
4032 | ||
4033 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
4034 | { | |
4035 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4036 | int numRows = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4037 | m_numRows -= numRows; | |
4038 | ||
4039 | if ( !m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
4040 | { | |
4041 | for ( i = 0; i < numRows; i++ ) | |
4042 | { | |
4043 | m_rowHeights.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4044 | m_rowBottoms.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4045 | } | |
4046 | ||
4047 | int h = 0; | |
4048 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
4049 | { | |
4050 | h += m_rowHeights[i]; | |
4051 | m_rowBottoms[i] = h; | |
4052 | } | |
4053 | } | |
4054 | if ( !m_numRows ) | |
4055 | { | |
4056 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4057 | } | |
4058 | else | |
4059 | { | |
4060 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= m_numRows ) | |
4061 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4062 | } | |
4063 | m_selection->UpdateRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4064 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4065 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4066 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( pos, -((int)numRows) ); | |
4067 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4068 | #if 0 | |
4069 | // No need to touch column attributes, unless we | |
4070 | // removed _all_ rows, in this case, we remove | |
4071 | // all column attributes. | |
4072 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4073 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrRows. | |
4074 | if ( !GetNumberRows() ) | |
4075 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( 0, -GetNumberCols() ); | |
4076 | #endif | |
4077 | } | |
4078 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4079 | { | |
4080 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4081 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4082 | } | |
4083 | } | |
4084 | result = TRUE; | |
4085 | break; | |
4086 | ||
4087 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
4088 | { | |
4089 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4090 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4091 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4092 | ||
4093 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4094 | { | |
4095 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4096 | { | |
4097 | m_colWidths.Insert( m_defaultColWidth, pos ); | |
4098 | m_colRights.Insert( 0, pos ); | |
4099 | } | |
4100 | ||
4101 | int right = 0; | |
4102 | if ( pos > 0 ) right = m_colRights[pos-1]; | |
4103 | ||
4104 | for ( i = pos; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4105 | { | |
4106 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4107 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4108 | } | |
4109 | } | |
4110 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4111 | { | |
4112 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4113 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4114 | // | |
4115 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4116 | } | |
4117 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4118 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4119 | if (attrProvider) | |
4120 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, numCols ); | |
4121 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4122 | { | |
4123 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4124 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4125 | } | |
4126 | ||
4127 | } | |
4128 | result = TRUE; | |
4129 | break; | |
4130 | ||
4131 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
4132 | { | |
4133 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4134 | int oldNumCols = m_numCols; | |
4135 | m_numCols += numCols; | |
4136 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4137 | { | |
4138 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4139 | { | |
4140 | m_colWidths.Add( m_defaultColWidth ); | |
4141 | m_colRights.Add( 0 ); | |
4142 | } | |
4143 | ||
4144 | int right = 0; | |
4145 | if ( oldNumCols > 0 ) right = m_colRights[oldNumCols-1]; | |
4146 | ||
4147 | for ( i = oldNumCols; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4148 | { | |
4149 | right += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4150 | m_colRights[i] = right; | |
4151 | } | |
4152 | } | |
4153 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4154 | { | |
4155 | // if we have just inserted cols into an empty grid the current | |
4156 | // cell will be undefined... | |
4157 | // | |
4158 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
4159 | } | |
4160 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4161 | { | |
4162 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4163 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4164 | } | |
4165 | } | |
4166 | result = TRUE; | |
4167 | break; | |
4168 | ||
4169 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
4170 | { | |
4171 | size_t pos = msg.GetCommandInt(); | |
4172 | int numCols = msg.GetCommandInt2(); | |
4173 | m_numCols -= numCols; | |
4174 | ||
4175 | if ( !m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
4176 | { | |
4177 | for ( i = 0; i < numCols; i++ ) | |
4178 | { | |
4179 | m_colWidths.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4180 | m_colRights.RemoveAt( pos ); | |
4181 | } | |
4182 | ||
4183 | int w = 0; | |
4184 | for ( i = 0; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
4185 | { | |
4186 | w += m_colWidths[i]; | |
4187 | m_colRights[i] = w; | |
4188 | } | |
4189 | } | |
4190 | if ( !m_numCols ) | |
4191 | { | |
4192 | m_currentCellCoords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
4193 | } | |
4194 | else | |
4195 | { | |
4196 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= m_numCols ) | |
4197 | m_currentCellCoords.Set( 0, 0 ); | |
4198 | } | |
4199 | m_selection->UpdateCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4200 | wxGridCellAttrProvider * attrProvider = m_table->GetAttrProvider(); | |
4201 | if (attrProvider) { | |
4202 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrCols( pos, -((int)numCols) ); | |
4203 | // ifdef'd out following patch from Paul Gammans | |
4204 | #if 0 | |
4205 | // No need to touch row attributes, unless we | |
4206 | // removed _all_ columns, in this case, we remove | |
4207 | // all row attributes. | |
4208 | // I hate to do this here, but the | |
4209 | // needed data is not available inside UpdateAttrCols. | |
4210 | if ( !GetNumberCols() ) | |
4211 | attrProvider->UpdateAttrRows( 0, -GetNumberRows() ); | |
4212 | #endif | |
4213 | } | |
4214 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4215 | { | |
4216 | CalcDimensions(); | |
4217 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
4218 | } | |
4219 | } | |
4220 | result = TRUE; | |
4221 | break; | |
4222 | } | |
4223 | ||
4224 | if (result && !GetBatchCount() ) | |
4225 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
4226 | return result; | |
4227 | } | |
4228 | ||
4229 | ||
4230 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcRowLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4231 | { | |
4232 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4233 | wxRect r; | |
4234 | ||
4235 | wxArrayInt rowlabels; | |
4236 | ||
4237 | int top, bottom; | |
4238 | while ( iter ) | |
4239 | { | |
4240 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4241 | ||
4242 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4243 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4244 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4245 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4246 | // | |
4247 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4248 | int cw, ch; | |
4249 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4250 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4251 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4252 | #endif | |
4253 | ||
4254 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4255 | // | |
4256 | int dummy; | |
4257 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetTop(), &dummy, &top ); | |
4258 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, r.GetBottom(), &dummy, &bottom ); | |
4259 | ||
4260 | // find the row labels within these bounds | |
4261 | // | |
4262 | int row; | |
4263 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4264 | { | |
4265 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) < top ) | |
4266 | continue; | |
4267 | ||
4268 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4269 | break; | |
4270 | ||
4271 | rowlabels.Add( row ); | |
4272 | } | |
4273 | ||
4274 | iter++ ; | |
4275 | } | |
4276 | ||
4277 | return rowlabels; | |
4278 | } | |
4279 | ||
4280 | ||
4281 | wxArrayInt wxGrid::CalcColLabelsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4282 | { | |
4283 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4284 | wxRect r; | |
4285 | ||
4286 | wxArrayInt colLabels; | |
4287 | ||
4288 | int left, right; | |
4289 | while ( iter ) | |
4290 | { | |
4291 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4292 | ||
4293 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4294 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4295 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4296 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4297 | // | |
4298 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4299 | int cw, ch; | |
4300 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4301 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4302 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4303 | #endif | |
4304 | ||
4305 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4306 | // | |
4307 | int dummy; | |
4308 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4309 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), 0, &right, &dummy ); | |
4310 | ||
4311 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4312 | // | |
4313 | int col; | |
4314 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4315 | { | |
4316 | if ( GetColRight(col) < left ) | |
4317 | continue; | |
4318 | ||
4319 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4320 | break; | |
4321 | ||
4322 | colLabels.Add( col ); | |
4323 | } | |
4324 | ||
4325 | iter++ ; | |
4326 | } | |
4327 | return colLabels; | |
4328 | } | |
4329 | ||
4330 | ||
4331 | wxGridCellCoordsArray wxGrid::CalcCellsExposed( const wxRegion& reg ) | |
4332 | { | |
4333 | wxRegionIterator iter( reg ); | |
4334 | wxRect r; | |
4335 | ||
4336 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cellsExposed; | |
4337 | ||
4338 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
4339 | while ( iter ) | |
4340 | { | |
4341 | r = iter.GetRect(); | |
4342 | ||
4343 | // TODO: remove this when we can... | |
4344 | // There is a bug in wxMotif that gives garbage update | |
4345 | // rectangles if you jump-scroll a long way by clicking the | |
4346 | // scrollbar with middle button. This is a work-around | |
4347 | // | |
4348 | #if defined(__WXMOTIF__) | |
4349 | int cw, ch; | |
4350 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4351 | if ( r.GetTop() > ch ) r.SetTop( 0 ); | |
4352 | if ( r.GetLeft() > cw ) r.SetLeft( 0 ); | |
4353 | r.SetRight( wxMin( r.GetRight(), cw ) ); | |
4354 | r.SetBottom( wxMin( r.GetBottom(), ch ) ); | |
4355 | #endif | |
4356 | ||
4357 | // logical bounds of update region | |
4358 | // | |
4359 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
4360 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
4361 | ||
4362 | // find the cells within these bounds | |
4363 | // | |
4364 | int row, col; | |
4365 | for ( row = internalYToRow(top); row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
4366 | { | |
4367 | if ( GetRowBottom(row) <= top ) | |
4368 | continue; | |
4369 | ||
4370 | if ( GetRowTop(row) > bottom ) | |
4371 | break; | |
4372 | ||
4373 | for ( col = internalXToCol(left); col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
4374 | { | |
4375 | if ( GetColRight(col) <= left ) | |
4376 | continue; | |
4377 | ||
4378 | if ( GetColLeft(col) > right ) | |
4379 | break; | |
4380 | ||
4381 | cellsExposed.Add( wxGridCellCoords( row, col ) ); | |
4382 | } | |
4383 | } | |
4384 | ||
4385 | iter++; | |
4386 | } | |
4387 | ||
4388 | return cellsExposed; | |
4389 | } | |
4390 | ||
4391 | ||
4392 | void wxGrid::ProcessRowLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4393 | { | |
4394 | int x, y, row; | |
4395 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4396 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4397 | ||
4398 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4399 | { | |
4400 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
4401 | { | |
4402 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4403 | m_rowLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
4404 | } | |
4405 | ||
4406 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4407 | { | |
4408 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4409 | { | |
4410 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4411 | { | |
4412 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4413 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4414 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4415 | ||
4416 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4417 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4418 | y = wxMax( y, | |
4419 | GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4420 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4421 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4422 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4423 | { | |
4424 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4425 | } | |
4426 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4427 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4428 | } | |
4429 | break; | |
4430 | ||
4431 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW: | |
4432 | if ( (row = YToRow( y )) >= 0 ) | |
4433 | { | |
4434 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4435 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4436 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4437 | event.AltDown(), | |
4438 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4439 | } | |
4440 | ||
4441 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4442 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4443 | default: | |
4444 | break; | |
4445 | } | |
4446 | } | |
4447 | return; | |
4448 | } | |
4449 | ||
4450 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
4451 | return; | |
4452 | ||
4453 | if (m_isDragging) | |
4454 | { | |
4455 | m_rowLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4456 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4457 | } | |
4458 | ||
4459 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4460 | // | |
4461 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4462 | { | |
4463 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4464 | } | |
4465 | ||
4466 | ||
4467 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4468 | // | |
4469 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4470 | { | |
4471 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4472 | // edge of the row label - this is probably the user | |
4473 | // wanting to resize the row | |
4474 | // | |
4475 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4476 | { | |
4477 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4478 | if ( row >= 0 && | |
4479 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4480 | { | |
4481 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4482 | ClearSelection(); | |
4483 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4484 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
4485 | 0, | |
4486 | row, | |
4487 | GetNumberCols() - 1, | |
4488 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4489 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4490 | event.AltDown(), | |
4491 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4492 | else | |
4493 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, | |
4494 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4495 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4496 | event.AltDown(), | |
4497 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4498 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4499 | } | |
4500 | } | |
4501 | else | |
4502 | { | |
4503 | // starting to drag-resize a row | |
4504 | // | |
4505 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4506 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4507 | } | |
4508 | } | |
4509 | ||
4510 | ||
4511 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4512 | // | |
4513 | else if (event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4514 | { | |
4515 | if ( YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
4516 | { | |
4517 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4518 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ); | |
4519 | } | |
4520 | } | |
4521 | ||
4522 | ||
4523 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4524 | // | |
4525 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4526 | { | |
4527 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4528 | { | |
4529 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
4530 | ||
4531 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4532 | // default processing in this case | |
4533 | // | |
4534 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
4535 | } | |
4536 | ||
4537 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin); | |
4538 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4539 | } | |
4540 | ||
4541 | ||
4542 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4543 | // | |
4544 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4545 | { | |
4546 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4547 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4548 | { | |
4549 | // no default action at the moment | |
4550 | } | |
4551 | } | |
4552 | ||
4553 | ||
4554 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4555 | // | |
4556 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4557 | { | |
4558 | row = YToRow(y); | |
4559 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, row, -1, event ) ) | |
4560 | { | |
4561 | // no default action at the moment | |
4562 | } | |
4563 | } | |
4564 | ||
4565 | ||
4566 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4567 | // | |
4568 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4569 | { | |
4570 | m_dragRowOrCol = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
4571 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4572 | { | |
4573 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4574 | { | |
4575 | // don't capture the mouse yet | |
4576 | if ( CanDragRowSize() ) | |
4577 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4578 | } | |
4579 | } | |
4580 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4581 | { | |
4582 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_rowLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4583 | } | |
4584 | } | |
4585 | } | |
4586 | ||
4587 | ||
4588 | void wxGrid::ProcessColLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4589 | { | |
4590 | int x, y, col; | |
4591 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4592 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4593 | ||
4594 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4595 | { | |
4596 | if (!m_isDragging) | |
4597 | { | |
4598 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4599 | m_colLabelWin->CaptureMouse(); | |
4600 | } | |
4601 | ||
4602 | if ( event.LeftIsDown() ) | |
4603 | { | |
4604 | switch( m_cursorMode ) | |
4605 | { | |
4606 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4607 | { | |
4608 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4609 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4610 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4611 | ||
4612 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4613 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4614 | ||
4615 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4616 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol)); | |
4617 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4618 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4619 | { | |
4620 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4621 | } | |
4622 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4623 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4624 | } | |
4625 | break; | |
4626 | ||
4627 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL: | |
4628 | if ( (col = XToCol( x )) >= 0 ) | |
4629 | { | |
4630 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4631 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4632 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4633 | event.AltDown(), | |
4634 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4635 | } | |
4636 | ||
4637 | // default label to suppress warnings about "enumeration value | |
4638 | // 'xxx' not handled in switch | |
4639 | default: | |
4640 | break; | |
4641 | } | |
4642 | } | |
4643 | return; | |
4644 | } | |
4645 | ||
4646 | if ( m_isDragging && (event.Entering() || event.Leaving()) ) | |
4647 | return; | |
4648 | ||
4649 | if (m_isDragging) | |
4650 | { | |
4651 | m_colLabelWin->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4652 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4653 | } | |
4654 | ||
4655 | // ------------ Entering or leaving the window | |
4656 | // | |
4657 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
4658 | { | |
4659 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4660 | } | |
4661 | ||
4662 | ||
4663 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
4664 | // | |
4665 | else if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4666 | { | |
4667 | // don't send a label click event for a hit on the | |
4668 | // edge of the col label - this is probably the user | |
4669 | // wanting to resize the col | |
4670 | // | |
4671 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4672 | { | |
4673 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4674 | if ( col >= 0 && | |
4675 | !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4676 | { | |
4677 | if ( !event.ShiftDown() && !event.ControlDown() ) | |
4678 | ClearSelection(); | |
4679 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
4680 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, | |
4681 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
4682 | GetNumberRows() - 1, col, | |
4683 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4684 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4685 | event.AltDown(), | |
4686 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4687 | else | |
4688 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, | |
4689 | event.ControlDown(), | |
4690 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
4691 | event.AltDown(), | |
4692 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
4693 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4694 | } | |
4695 | } | |
4696 | else | |
4697 | { | |
4698 | // starting to drag-resize a col | |
4699 | // | |
4700 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4701 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4702 | } | |
4703 | } | |
4704 | ||
4705 | ||
4706 | // ------------ Left double click | |
4707 | // | |
4708 | if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4709 | { | |
4710 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 ) | |
4711 | { | |
4712 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4713 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ); | |
4714 | } | |
4715 | } | |
4716 | ||
4717 | ||
4718 | // ------------ Left button released | |
4719 | // | |
4720 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
4721 | { | |
4722 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4723 | { | |
4724 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
4725 | ||
4726 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
4727 | // default processing in this case | |
4728 | // | |
4729 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
4730 | } | |
4731 | ||
4732 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin); | |
4733 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
4734 | } | |
4735 | ||
4736 | ||
4737 | // ------------ Right button down | |
4738 | // | |
4739 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4740 | { | |
4741 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4742 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4743 | { | |
4744 | // no default action at the moment | |
4745 | } | |
4746 | } | |
4747 | ||
4748 | ||
4749 | // ------------ Right double click | |
4750 | // | |
4751 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4752 | { | |
4753 | col = XToCol(x); | |
4754 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, col, event ) ) | |
4755 | { | |
4756 | // no default action at the moment | |
4757 | } | |
4758 | } | |
4759 | ||
4760 | ||
4761 | // ------------ No buttons down and mouse moving | |
4762 | // | |
4763 | else if ( event.Moving() ) | |
4764 | { | |
4765 | m_dragRowOrCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
4766 | if ( m_dragRowOrCol >= 0 ) | |
4767 | { | |
4768 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4769 | { | |
4770 | // don't capture the cursor yet | |
4771 | if ( CanDragColSize() ) | |
4772 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4773 | } | |
4774 | } | |
4775 | else if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4776 | { | |
4777 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL, m_colLabelWin, FALSE); | |
4778 | } | |
4779 | } | |
4780 | } | |
4781 | ||
4782 | ||
4783 | void wxGrid::ProcessCornerLabelMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4784 | { | |
4785 | if ( event.LeftDown() ) | |
4786 | { | |
4787 | // indicate corner label by having both row and | |
4788 | // col args == -1 | |
4789 | // | |
4790 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4791 | { | |
4792 | SelectAll(); | |
4793 | } | |
4794 | } | |
4795 | ||
4796 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() ) | |
4797 | { | |
4798 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_LEFT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ); | |
4799 | } | |
4800 | ||
4801 | else if ( event.RightDown() ) | |
4802 | { | |
4803 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_CLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4804 | { | |
4805 | // no default action at the moment | |
4806 | } | |
4807 | } | |
4808 | ||
4809 | else if ( event.RightDClick() ) | |
4810 | { | |
4811 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_LABEL_RIGHT_DCLICK, -1, -1, event ) ) | |
4812 | { | |
4813 | // no default action at the moment | |
4814 | } | |
4815 | } | |
4816 | } | |
4817 | ||
4818 | void wxGrid::ChangeCursorMode(CursorMode mode, | |
4819 | wxWindow *win, | |
4820 | bool captureMouse) | |
4821 | { | |
4822 | #ifdef __WXDEBUG__ | |
4823 | static const wxChar *cursorModes[] = | |
4824 | { | |
4825 | _T("SELECT_CELL"), | |
4826 | _T("RESIZE_ROW"), | |
4827 | _T("RESIZE_COL"), | |
4828 | _T("SELECT_ROW"), | |
4829 | _T("SELECT_COL") | |
4830 | }; | |
4831 | ||
4832 | wxLogTrace(_T("grid"), | |
4833 | _T("wxGrid cursor mode (mouse capture for %s): %s -> %s"), | |
4834 | win == m_colLabelWin ? _T("colLabelWin") | |
4835 | : win ? _T("rowLabelWin") | |
4836 | : _T("gridWin"), | |
4837 | cursorModes[m_cursorMode], cursorModes[mode]); | |
4838 | #endif // __WXDEBUG__ | |
4839 | ||
4840 | if ( mode == m_cursorMode && | |
4841 | win == m_winCapture && | |
4842 | captureMouse == (m_winCapture != NULL)) | |
4843 | return; | |
4844 | ||
4845 | if ( !win ) | |
4846 | { | |
4847 | // by default use the grid itself | |
4848 | win = m_gridWin; | |
4849 | } | |
4850 | ||
4851 | if ( m_winCapture ) | |
4852 | { | |
4853 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
4854 | m_winCapture = (wxWindow *)NULL; | |
4855 | } | |
4856 | ||
4857 | m_cursorMode = mode; | |
4858 | ||
4859 | switch ( m_cursorMode ) | |
4860 | { | |
4861 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW: | |
4862 | win->SetCursor( m_rowResizeCursor ); | |
4863 | break; | |
4864 | ||
4865 | case WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL: | |
4866 | win->SetCursor( m_colResizeCursor ); | |
4867 | break; | |
4868 | ||
4869 | default: | |
4870 | win->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
4871 | } | |
4872 | ||
4873 | // we need to capture mouse when resizing | |
4874 | bool resize = m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW || | |
4875 | m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL; | |
4876 | ||
4877 | if ( captureMouse && resize ) | |
4878 | { | |
4879 | win->CaptureMouse(); | |
4880 | m_winCapture = win; | |
4881 | } | |
4882 | } | |
4883 | ||
4884 | void wxGrid::ProcessGridCellMouseEvent( wxMouseEvent& event ) | |
4885 | { | |
4886 | int x, y; | |
4887 | wxPoint pos( event.GetPosition() ); | |
4888 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( pos.x, pos.y, &x, &y ); | |
4889 | ||
4890 | wxGridCellCoords coords; | |
4891 | XYToCell( x, y, coords ); | |
4892 | ||
4893 | if ( event.Dragging() ) | |
4894 | { | |
4895 | //wxLogDebug("pos(%d, %d) coords(%d, %d)", pos.x, pos.y, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol()); | |
4896 | ||
4897 | // Don't start doing anything until the mouse has been drug at | |
4898 | // least 3 pixels in any direction... | |
4899 | if (! m_isDragging) | |
4900 | { | |
4901 | if (m_startDragPos == wxDefaultPosition) | |
4902 | { | |
4903 | m_startDragPos = pos; | |
4904 | return; | |
4905 | } | |
4906 | if (abs(m_startDragPos.x - pos.x) < 4 && abs(m_startDragPos.y - pos.y) < 4) | |
4907 | return; | |
4908 | } | |
4909 | ||
4910 | m_isDragging = TRUE; | |
4911 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
4912 | { | |
4913 | // Hide the edit control, so it | |
4914 | // won't interfer with drag-shrinking. | |
4915 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
4916 | { | |
4917 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
4918 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
4919 | } | |
4920 | ||
4921 | // Have we captured the mouse yet? | |
4922 | if (! m_winCapture) | |
4923 | { | |
4924 | m_winCapture = m_gridWin; | |
4925 | m_winCapture->CaptureMouse(); | |
4926 | } | |
4927 | ||
4928 | if ( coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
4929 | { | |
4930 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
4931 | { | |
4932 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords) | |
4933 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
4934 | HighlightBlock ( m_selectingKeyboard, coords ); | |
4935 | } | |
4936 | else | |
4937 | { | |
4938 | if ( !IsSelection() ) | |
4939 | { | |
4940 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
4941 | } | |
4942 | else | |
4943 | { | |
4944 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, coords ); | |
4945 | } | |
4946 | } | |
4947 | ||
4948 | if (! IsVisible(coords)) | |
4949 | { | |
4950 | MakeCellVisible(coords); | |
4951 | // TODO: need to introduce a delay or something here. The | |
4952 | // scrolling is way to fast, at least on MSW - also on GTK. | |
4953 | } | |
4954 | } | |
4955 | } | |
4956 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
4957 | { | |
4958 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
4959 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4960 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
4961 | ||
4962 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4963 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4964 | y = wxMax( y, GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4965 | GetRowMinimalHeight(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4966 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4967 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4968 | { | |
4969 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
4970 | } | |
4971 | dc.DrawLine( left, y, left+cw, y ); | |
4972 | m_dragLastPos = y; | |
4973 | } | |
4974 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
4975 | { | |
4976 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
4977 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
4978 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
4979 | ||
4980 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
4981 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
4982 | x = wxMax( x, GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol) + | |
4983 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ); | |
4984 | dc.SetLogicalFunction(wxINVERT); | |
4985 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
4986 | { | |
4987 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
4988 | } | |
4989 | dc.DrawLine( x, top, x, top+ch ); | |
4990 | m_dragLastPos = x; | |
4991 | } | |
4992 | ||
4993 | return; | |
4994 | } | |
4995 | ||
4996 | m_isDragging = FALSE; | |
4997 | m_startDragPos = wxDefaultPosition; | |
4998 | ||
4999 | // VZ: if we do this, the mode is reset to WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL | |
5000 | // immediately after it becomes WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW/COL under | |
5001 | // wxGTK | |
5002 | #if 0 | |
5003 | if ( event.Entering() || event.Leaving() ) | |
5004 | { | |
5005 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5006 | m_gridWin->SetCursor( *wxSTANDARD_CURSOR ); | |
5007 | } | |
5008 | else | |
5009 | #endif // 0 | |
5010 | ||
5011 | // ------------ Left button pressed | |
5012 | // | |
5013 | if ( event.LeftDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5014 | { | |
5015 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_CLICK, | |
5016 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5017 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5018 | event ) ) | |
5019 | { | |
5020 | if ( !event.ControlDown() ) | |
5021 | ClearSelection(); | |
5022 | if ( event.ShiftDown() ) | |
5023 | { | |
5024 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5025 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5026 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5027 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5028 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5029 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5030 | event.AltDown(), | |
5031 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5032 | } | |
5033 | else if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && | |
5034 | YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5035 | { | |
5036 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5037 | MakeCellVisible( coords ); | |
5038 | ||
5039 | // if this is the second click on this cell then start | |
5040 | // the edit control | |
5041 | if ( m_waitForSlowClick && | |
5042 | (coords == m_currentCellCoords) && | |
5043 | CanEnableCellControl()) | |
5044 | { | |
5045 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5046 | ||
5047 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
5048 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, | |
5049 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5050 | coords.GetCol()); | |
5051 | editor->StartingClick(); | |
5052 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5053 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5054 | ||
5055 | m_waitForSlowClick = FALSE; | |
5056 | } | |
5057 | else | |
5058 | { | |
5059 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5060 | { | |
5061 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( coords.GetRow(), | |
5062 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5063 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5064 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5065 | event.AltDown(), | |
5066 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5067 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5068 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5069 | m_selectingKeyboard = coords; | |
5070 | } | |
5071 | else | |
5072 | { | |
5073 | SetCurrentCell( coords ); | |
5074 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() | |
5075 | != wxGrid::wxGridSelectCells) | |
5076 | HighlightBlock( coords, coords ); | |
5077 | } | |
5078 | m_waitForSlowClick = TRUE; | |
5079 | } | |
5080 | } | |
5081 | } | |
5082 | } | |
5083 | ||
5084 | ||
5085 | // ------------ Left double click | |
5086 | // | |
5087 | else if ( event.LeftDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5088 | { | |
5089 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5090 | ||
5091 | if ( XToEdgeOfCol(x) < 0 && YToEdgeOfRow(y) < 0 ) | |
5092 | { | |
5093 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_LEFT_DCLICK, | |
5094 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5095 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5096 | event ); | |
5097 | } | |
5098 | } | |
5099 | ||
5100 | ||
5101 | // ------------ Left button released | |
5102 | // | |
5103 | else if ( event.LeftUp() ) | |
5104 | { | |
5105 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5106 | { | |
5107 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5108 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5109 | { | |
5110 | if (m_winCapture) | |
5111 | { | |
5112 | m_winCapture->ReleaseMouse(); | |
5113 | m_winCapture = NULL; | |
5114 | } | |
5115 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5116 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5117 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5118 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5119 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5120 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5121 | event.AltDown(), | |
5122 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5123 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5124 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5125 | } | |
5126 | ||
5127 | // Show the edit control, if it has been hidden for | |
5128 | // drag-shrinking. | |
5129 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5130 | } | |
5131 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW ) | |
5132 | { | |
5133 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5134 | DoEndDragResizeRow(); | |
5135 | ||
5136 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5137 | // default processing in this case | |
5138 | // | |
5139 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE, m_dragRowOrCol, -1, event ); | |
5140 | } | |
5141 | else if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL ) | |
5142 | { | |
5143 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5144 | DoEndDragResizeCol(); | |
5145 | ||
5146 | // Note: we are ending the event *after* doing | |
5147 | // default processing in this case | |
5148 | // | |
5149 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE, -1, m_dragRowOrCol, event ); | |
5150 | } | |
5151 | ||
5152 | m_dragLastPos = -1; | |
5153 | } | |
5154 | ||
5155 | ||
5156 | // ------------ Right button down | |
5157 | // | |
5158 | else if ( event.RightDown() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5159 | { | |
5160 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5161 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_CLICK, | |
5162 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5163 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5164 | event ) ) | |
5165 | { | |
5166 | // no default action at the moment | |
5167 | } | |
5168 | } | |
5169 | ||
5170 | ||
5171 | // ------------ Right double click | |
5172 | // | |
5173 | else if ( event.RightDClick() && coords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5174 | { | |
5175 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5176 | if ( !SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_RIGHT_DCLICK, | |
5177 | coords.GetRow(), | |
5178 | coords.GetCol(), | |
5179 | event ) ) | |
5180 | { | |
5181 | // no default action at the moment | |
5182 | } | |
5183 | } | |
5184 | ||
5185 | // ------------ Moving and no button action | |
5186 | // | |
5187 | else if ( event.Moving() && !event.IsButton() ) | |
5188 | { | |
5189 | int dragRow = YToEdgeOfRow( y ); | |
5190 | int dragCol = XToEdgeOfCol( x ); | |
5191 | ||
5192 | // Dragging on the corner of a cell to resize in both | |
5193 | // directions is not implemented yet... | |
5194 | // | |
5195 | if ( dragRow >= 0 && dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5196 | { | |
5197 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5198 | return; | |
5199 | } | |
5200 | ||
5201 | if ( dragRow >= 0 ) | |
5202 | { | |
5203 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragRow; | |
5204 | ||
5205 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5206 | { | |
5207 | if ( CanDragRowSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5208 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_ROW); | |
5209 | } | |
5210 | ||
5211 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5212 | { | |
5213 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5214 | } | |
5215 | ||
5216 | return; | |
5217 | } | |
5218 | ||
5219 | if ( dragCol >= 0 ) | |
5220 | { | |
5221 | m_dragRowOrCol = dragCol; | |
5222 | ||
5223 | if ( m_cursorMode == WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5224 | { | |
5225 | if ( CanDragColSize() && CanDragGridSize() ) | |
5226 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_RESIZE_COL); | |
5227 | } | |
5228 | ||
5229 | return; | |
5230 | } | |
5231 | ||
5232 | // Neither on a row or col edge | |
5233 | // | |
5234 | if ( m_cursorMode != WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL ) | |
5235 | { | |
5236 | ChangeCursorMode(WXGRID_CURSOR_SELECT_CELL); | |
5237 | } | |
5238 | } | |
5239 | } | |
5240 | ||
5241 | ||
5242 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeRow() | |
5243 | { | |
5244 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5245 | { | |
5246 | // erase the last line and resize the row | |
5247 | // | |
5248 | int cw, ch, left, dummy; | |
5249 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5250 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &dummy ); | |
5251 | ||
5252 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5253 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5254 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5255 | dc.DrawLine( left, m_dragLastPos, left+cw, m_dragLastPos ); | |
5256 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5257 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5258 | ||
5259 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5260 | SetRowSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5261 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - rowTop, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ) ); | |
5262 | ||
5263 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5264 | { | |
5265 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.y: | |
5266 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( m_dragRowOrCol, 0 ) ); | |
5267 | rect.x = 0; | |
5268 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
5269 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
5270 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
5271 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5272 | rect.width = cw; | |
5273 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5274 | } | |
5275 | ||
5276 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5277 | } | |
5278 | } | |
5279 | ||
5280 | ||
5281 | void wxGrid::DoEndDragResizeCol() | |
5282 | { | |
5283 | if ( m_dragLastPos >= 0 ) | |
5284 | { | |
5285 | // erase the last line and resize the col | |
5286 | // | |
5287 | int cw, ch, dummy, top; | |
5288 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
5289 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &dummy, &top ); | |
5290 | ||
5291 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
5292 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
5293 | dc.SetLogicalFunction( wxINVERT ); | |
5294 | dc.DrawLine( m_dragLastPos, top, m_dragLastPos, top+ch ); | |
5295 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5296 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5297 | ||
5298 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(m_dragRowOrCol); | |
5299 | SetColSize( m_dragRowOrCol, | |
5300 | wxMax( m_dragLastPos - colLeft, | |
5301 | GetColMinimalWidth(m_dragRowOrCol) ) ); | |
5302 | ||
5303 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
5304 | { | |
5305 | // Only needed to get the correct rect.x: | |
5306 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, m_dragRowOrCol ) ); | |
5307 | rect.y = 0; | |
5308 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
5309 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
5310 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
5311 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
5312 | rect.height = ch; | |
5313 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
5314 | } | |
5315 | ||
5316 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
5317 | } | |
5318 | } | |
5319 | ||
5320 | ||
5321 | ||
5322 | // | |
5323 | // ------ interaction with data model | |
5324 | // | |
5325 | bool wxGrid::ProcessTableMessage( wxGridTableMessage& msg ) | |
5326 | { | |
5327 | switch ( msg.GetId() ) | |
5328 | { | |
5329 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_GET_VALUES: | |
5330 | return GetModelValues(); | |
5331 | ||
5332 | case wxGRIDTABLE_REQUEST_VIEW_SEND_VALUES: | |
5333 | return SetModelValues(); | |
5334 | ||
5335 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_INSERTED: | |
5336 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_APPENDED: | |
5337 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_ROWS_DELETED: | |
5338 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_INSERTED: | |
5339 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_APPENDED: | |
5340 | case wxGRIDTABLE_NOTIFY_COLS_DELETED: | |
5341 | return Redimension( msg ); | |
5342 | ||
5343 | default: | |
5344 | return FALSE; | |
5345 | } | |
5346 | } | |
5347 | ||
5348 | ||
5349 | ||
5350 | // The behaviour of this function depends on the grid table class | |
5351 | // Clear() function. For the default wxGridStringTable class the | |
5352 | // behavious is to replace all cell contents with wxEmptyString but | |
5353 | // not to change the number of rows or cols. | |
5354 | // | |
5355 | void wxGrid::ClearGrid() | |
5356 | { | |
5357 | if ( m_table ) | |
5358 | { | |
5359 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5360 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5361 | ||
5362 | m_table->Clear(); | |
5363 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
5364 | } | |
5365 | } | |
5366 | ||
5367 | ||
5368 | bool wxGrid::InsertRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5369 | { | |
5370 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5371 | ||
5372 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5373 | { | |
5374 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5375 | return FALSE; | |
5376 | } | |
5377 | ||
5378 | if ( m_table ) | |
5379 | { | |
5380 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5381 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5382 | ||
5383 | return m_table->InsertRows( pos, numRows ); | |
5384 | ||
5385 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert row | |
5386 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5387 | } | |
5388 | return FALSE; | |
5389 | } | |
5390 | ||
5391 | ||
5392 | bool wxGrid::AppendRows( int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5393 | { | |
5394 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5395 | ||
5396 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5397 | { | |
5398 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5399 | return FALSE; | |
5400 | } | |
5401 | ||
5402 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendRows( numRows ) ); | |
5403 | // the table will have sent the results of the append row | |
5404 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5405 | } | |
5406 | ||
5407 | ||
5408 | bool wxGrid::DeleteRows( int pos, int numRows, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5409 | { | |
5410 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5411 | ||
5412 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5413 | { | |
5414 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteRows() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5415 | return FALSE; | |
5416 | } | |
5417 | ||
5418 | if ( m_table ) | |
5419 | { | |
5420 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5421 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5422 | ||
5423 | return (m_table->DeleteRows( pos, numRows )); | |
5424 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete row | |
5425 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5426 | } | |
5427 | return FALSE; | |
5428 | } | |
5429 | ||
5430 | ||
5431 | bool wxGrid::InsertCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5432 | { | |
5433 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5434 | ||
5435 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5436 | { | |
5437 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::InsertCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5438 | return FALSE; | |
5439 | } | |
5440 | ||
5441 | if ( m_table ) | |
5442 | { | |
5443 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5444 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5445 | ||
5446 | return m_table->InsertCols( pos, numCols ); | |
5447 | // the table will have sent the results of the insert col | |
5448 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5449 | } | |
5450 | return FALSE; | |
5451 | } | |
5452 | ||
5453 | ||
5454 | bool wxGrid::AppendCols( int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5455 | { | |
5456 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5457 | ||
5458 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5459 | { | |
5460 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::AppendCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5461 | return FALSE; | |
5462 | } | |
5463 | ||
5464 | return ( m_table && m_table->AppendCols( numCols ) ); | |
5465 | // the table will have sent the results of the append col | |
5466 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5467 | } | |
5468 | ||
5469 | ||
5470 | bool wxGrid::DeleteCols( int pos, int numCols, bool WXUNUSED(updateLabels) ) | |
5471 | { | |
5472 | // TODO: something with updateLabels flag | |
5473 | ||
5474 | if ( !m_created ) | |
5475 | { | |
5476 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("Called wxGrid::DeleteCols() before calling CreateGrid()") ); | |
5477 | return FALSE; | |
5478 | } | |
5479 | ||
5480 | if ( m_table ) | |
5481 | { | |
5482 | if (IsCellEditControlEnabled()) | |
5483 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5484 | ||
5485 | return ( m_table->DeleteCols( pos, numCols ) ); | |
5486 | // the table will have sent the results of the delete col | |
5487 | // operation to this view object as a grid table message | |
5488 | } | |
5489 | return FALSE; | |
5490 | } | |
5491 | ||
5492 | ||
5493 | ||
5494 | // | |
5495 | // ----- event handlers | |
5496 | // | |
5497 | ||
5498 | // Generate a grid event based on a mouse event and | |
5499 | // return the result of ProcessEvent() | |
5500 | // | |
5501 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5502 | int row, int col, | |
5503 | wxMouseEvent& mouseEv ) | |
5504 | { | |
5505 | bool claimed; | |
5506 | bool vetoed= FALSE; | |
5507 | ||
5508 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5509 | { | |
5510 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5511 | ||
5512 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5513 | type, | |
5514 | this, | |
5515 | rowOrCol, | |
5516 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5517 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5518 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5519 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5520 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5521 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5522 | ||
5523 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5524 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5525 | } | |
5526 | else if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_RANGE_SELECT ) | |
5527 | { | |
5528 | // Right now, it should _never_ end up here! | |
5529 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5530 | type, | |
5531 | this, | |
5532 | m_selectingTopLeft, | |
5533 | m_selectingBottomRight, | |
5534 | TRUE, | |
5535 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5536 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5537 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5538 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5539 | ||
5540 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5541 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5542 | } | |
5543 | else | |
5544 | { | |
5545 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5546 | type, | |
5547 | this, | |
5548 | row, col, | |
5549 | mouseEv.GetX() + GetRowLabelSize(), | |
5550 | mouseEv.GetY() + GetColLabelSize(), | |
5551 | FALSE, | |
5552 | mouseEv.ControlDown(), | |
5553 | mouseEv.ShiftDown(), | |
5554 | mouseEv.AltDown(), | |
5555 | mouseEv.MetaDown() ); | |
5556 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5557 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5558 | } | |
5559 | ||
5560 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
5561 | if (vetoed) return -1; | |
5562 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
5563 | } | |
5564 | ||
5565 | ||
5566 | // Generate a grid event of specified type and return the result | |
5567 | // of ProcessEvent(). | |
5568 | // | |
5569 | int wxGrid::SendEvent( const wxEventType type, | |
5570 | int row, int col ) | |
5571 | { | |
5572 | bool claimed; | |
5573 | bool vetoed= FALSE; | |
5574 | ||
5575 | if ( type == wxEVT_GRID_ROW_SIZE || type == wxEVT_GRID_COL_SIZE ) | |
5576 | { | |
5577 | int rowOrCol = (row == -1 ? col : row); | |
5578 | ||
5579 | wxGridSizeEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5580 | type, | |
5581 | this, | |
5582 | rowOrCol ); | |
5583 | ||
5584 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5585 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5586 | } | |
5587 | else | |
5588 | { | |
5589 | wxGridEvent gridEvt( GetId(), | |
5590 | type, | |
5591 | this, | |
5592 | row, col ); | |
5593 | ||
5594 | claimed = GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(gridEvt); | |
5595 | vetoed = !gridEvt.IsAllowed(); | |
5596 | } | |
5597 | ||
5598 | // A Veto'd event may not be `claimed' so test this first | |
5599 | if (vetoed) return -1; | |
5600 | return claimed ? 1 : 0; | |
5601 | } | |
5602 | ||
5603 | ||
5604 | void wxGrid::OnPaint( wxPaintEvent& WXUNUSED(event) ) | |
5605 | { | |
5606 | wxPaintDC dc(this); // needed to prevent zillions of paint events on MSW | |
5607 | } | |
5608 | ||
5609 | ||
5610 | void wxGrid::OnSize( wxSizeEvent& event ) | |
5611 | { | |
5612 | // position the child windows | |
5613 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
5614 | ||
5615 | // don't call CalcDimensions() from here, the base class handles the size | |
5616 | // changes itself | |
5617 | event.Skip(); | |
5618 | } | |
5619 | ||
5620 | ||
5621 | void wxGrid::OnKeyDown( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5622 | { | |
5623 | if ( m_inOnKeyDown ) | |
5624 | { | |
5625 | // shouldn't be here - we are going round in circles... | |
5626 | // | |
5627 | wxFAIL_MSG( wxT("wxGrid::OnKeyDown called while already active") ); | |
5628 | } | |
5629 | ||
5630 | m_inOnKeyDown = TRUE; | |
5631 | ||
5632 | // propagate the event up and see if it gets processed | |
5633 | // | |
5634 | wxWindow *parent = GetParent(); | |
5635 | wxKeyEvent keyEvt( event ); | |
5636 | keyEvt.SetEventObject( parent ); | |
5637 | ||
5638 | if ( !parent->GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent( keyEvt ) ) | |
5639 | { | |
5640 | ||
5641 | // try local handlers | |
5642 | // | |
5643 | switch ( event.KeyCode() ) | |
5644 | { | |
5645 | case WXK_UP: | |
5646 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5647 | { | |
5648 | MoveCursorUpBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5649 | } | |
5650 | else | |
5651 | { | |
5652 | MoveCursorUp( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5653 | } | |
5654 | break; | |
5655 | ||
5656 | case WXK_DOWN: | |
5657 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5658 | { | |
5659 | MoveCursorDownBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5660 | } | |
5661 | else | |
5662 | { | |
5663 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5664 | } | |
5665 | break; | |
5666 | ||
5667 | case WXK_LEFT: | |
5668 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5669 | { | |
5670 | MoveCursorLeftBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5671 | } | |
5672 | else | |
5673 | { | |
5674 | MoveCursorLeft( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5675 | } | |
5676 | break; | |
5677 | ||
5678 | case WXK_RIGHT: | |
5679 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5680 | { | |
5681 | MoveCursorRightBlock( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5682 | } | |
5683 | else | |
5684 | { | |
5685 | MoveCursorRight( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5686 | } | |
5687 | break; | |
5688 | ||
5689 | case WXK_RETURN: | |
5690 | case WXK_NUMPAD_ENTER: | |
5691 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5692 | { | |
5693 | event.Skip(); // to let the edit control have the return | |
5694 | } | |
5695 | else | |
5696 | { | |
5697 | if ( GetGridCursorRow() < GetNumberRows()-1 ) | |
5698 | { | |
5699 | MoveCursorDown( event.ShiftDown() ); | |
5700 | } | |
5701 | else | |
5702 | { | |
5703 | // at the bottom of a column | |
5704 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5705 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5706 | } | |
5707 | } | |
5708 | break; | |
5709 | ||
5710 | case WXK_ESCAPE: | |
5711 | ClearSelection(); | |
5712 | break; | |
5713 | ||
5714 | case WXK_TAB: | |
5715 | if (event.ShiftDown()) | |
5716 | { | |
5717 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() > 0 ) | |
5718 | { | |
5719 | MoveCursorLeft( FALSE ); | |
5720 | } | |
5721 | else | |
5722 | { | |
5723 | // at left of grid | |
5724 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5725 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5726 | } | |
5727 | } | |
5728 | else | |
5729 | { | |
5730 | if ( GetGridCursorCol() < GetNumberCols()-1 ) | |
5731 | { | |
5732 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5733 | } | |
5734 | else | |
5735 | { | |
5736 | // at right of grid | |
5737 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5738 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
5739 | } | |
5740 | } | |
5741 | break; | |
5742 | ||
5743 | case WXK_HOME: | |
5744 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5745 | { | |
5746 | MakeCellVisible( 0, 0 ); | |
5747 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
5748 | } | |
5749 | else | |
5750 | { | |
5751 | event.Skip(); | |
5752 | } | |
5753 | break; | |
5754 | ||
5755 | case WXK_END: | |
5756 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5757 | { | |
5758 | MakeCellVisible( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5759 | SetCurrentCell( m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
5760 | } | |
5761 | else | |
5762 | { | |
5763 | event.Skip(); | |
5764 | } | |
5765 | break; | |
5766 | ||
5767 | case WXK_PRIOR: | |
5768 | MovePageUp(); | |
5769 | break; | |
5770 | ||
5771 | case WXK_NEXT: | |
5772 | MovePageDown(); | |
5773 | break; | |
5774 | ||
5775 | case WXK_SPACE: | |
5776 | if ( event.ControlDown() ) | |
5777 | { | |
5778 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
5779 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(), | |
5780 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5781 | event.ShiftDown(), | |
5782 | event.AltDown(), | |
5783 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5784 | break; | |
5785 | } | |
5786 | if ( !IsEditable() ) | |
5787 | { | |
5788 | MoveCursorRight( FALSE ); | |
5789 | break; | |
5790 | } | |
5791 | // Otherwise fall through to default | |
5792 | ||
5793 | default: | |
5794 | // is it possible to edit the current cell at all? | |
5795 | if ( !IsCellEditControlEnabled() && CanEnableCellControl() ) | |
5796 | { | |
5797 | // yes, now check whether the cells editor accepts the key | |
5798 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
5799 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
5800 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
5801 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
5802 | ||
5803 | // <F2> is special and will always start editing, for | |
5804 | // other keys - ask the editor itself | |
5805 | if ( (event.KeyCode() == WXK_F2 && !event.HasModifiers()) | |
5806 | || editor->IsAcceptedKey(event) ) | |
5807 | { | |
5808 | EnableCellEditControl(); | |
5809 | ||
5810 | // the editor could be not shown for a variety of | |
5811 | // reasons (i.e. blocked by the app or whatever), so | |
5812 | // check if it really was created | |
5813 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
5814 | { | |
5815 | editor->StartingKey(event); | |
5816 | } | |
5817 | } | |
5818 | else | |
5819 | { | |
5820 | event.Skip(); | |
5821 | } | |
5822 | ||
5823 | editor->DecRef(); | |
5824 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5825 | } | |
5826 | else | |
5827 | { | |
5828 | // let others process char events with modifiers or all | |
5829 | // char events for readonly cells | |
5830 | event.Skip(); | |
5831 | } | |
5832 | break; | |
5833 | } | |
5834 | } | |
5835 | ||
5836 | m_inOnKeyDown = FALSE; | |
5837 | } | |
5838 | ||
5839 | void wxGrid::OnKeyUp( wxKeyEvent& event ) | |
5840 | { | |
5841 | // try local handlers | |
5842 | // | |
5843 | if ( event.KeyCode() == WXK_SHIFT ) | |
5844 | { | |
5845 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
5846 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5847 | m_selection->SelectBlock( m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(), | |
5848 | m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(), | |
5849 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(), | |
5850 | m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(), | |
5851 | event.ControlDown(), | |
5852 | TRUE, | |
5853 | event.AltDown(), | |
5854 | event.MetaDown() ); | |
5855 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5856 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5857 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
5858 | } | |
5859 | } | |
5860 | ||
5861 | void wxGrid::OnEraseBackground(wxEraseEvent&) | |
5862 | { | |
5863 | } | |
5864 | ||
5865 | void wxGrid::SetCurrentCell( const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
5866 | { | |
5867 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_SELECT_CELL, coords.GetRow(), coords.GetCol() ) ) | |
5868 | { | |
5869 | // the event has been intercepted - do nothing | |
5870 | return; | |
5871 | } | |
5872 | ||
5873 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
5874 | PrepareDC(dc); | |
5875 | ||
5876 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
5877 | { | |
5878 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
5879 | DisableCellEditControl(); | |
5880 | ||
5881 | if ( IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords, FALSE ) ) | |
5882 | { | |
5883 | wxRect r; | |
5884 | r = BlockToDeviceRect(m_currentCellCoords, coords); | |
5885 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
5886 | { | |
5887 | r.x--; | |
5888 | r.y--; | |
5889 | r.width++; | |
5890 | r.height++; | |
5891 | } | |
5892 | ||
5893 | wxGridCellCoordsArray cells = CalcCellsExposed( r ); | |
5894 | ||
5895 | // Otherwise refresh redraws the highlight! | |
5896 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5897 | ||
5898 | DrawGridCellArea(dc,cells); | |
5899 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, r ); | |
5900 | } | |
5901 | } | |
5902 | ||
5903 | m_currentCellCoords = coords; | |
5904 | ||
5905 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(coords); | |
5906 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
5907 | attr->DecRef(); | |
5908 | } | |
5909 | ||
5910 | ||
5911 | void wxGrid::HighlightBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol ) | |
5912 | { | |
5913 | int temp; | |
5914 | wxGridCellCoords updateTopLeft, updateBottomRight; | |
5915 | ||
5916 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
5917 | { | |
5918 | leftCol = 0; | |
5919 | rightCol = GetNumberCols() - 1; | |
5920 | } | |
5921 | else if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
5922 | { | |
5923 | topRow = 0; | |
5924 | bottomRow = GetNumberRows() - 1; | |
5925 | } | |
5926 | if ( topRow > bottomRow ) | |
5927 | { | |
5928 | temp = topRow; | |
5929 | topRow = bottomRow; | |
5930 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5931 | } | |
5932 | ||
5933 | if ( leftCol > rightCol ) | |
5934 | { | |
5935 | temp = leftCol; | |
5936 | leftCol = rightCol; | |
5937 | rightCol = temp; | |
5938 | } | |
5939 | ||
5940 | updateTopLeft = wxGridCellCoords( topRow, leftCol ); | |
5941 | updateBottomRight = wxGridCellCoords( bottomRow, rightCol ); | |
5942 | ||
5943 | if ( m_selectingTopLeft != updateTopLeft || | |
5944 | m_selectingBottomRight != updateBottomRight ) | |
5945 | { | |
5946 | // Compute two optimal update rectangles: | |
5947 | // Either one rectangle is a real subset of the | |
5948 | // other, or they are (almost) disjoint! | |
5949 | wxRect rect[4]; | |
5950 | bool need_refresh[4]; | |
5951 | need_refresh[0] = | |
5952 | need_refresh[1] = | |
5953 | need_refresh[2] = | |
5954 | need_refresh[3] = FALSE; | |
5955 | int i; | |
5956 | ||
5957 | // Store intermediate values | |
5958 | wxCoord oldLeft = m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol(); | |
5959 | wxCoord oldTop = m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow(); | |
5960 | wxCoord oldRight = m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol(); | |
5961 | wxCoord oldBottom = m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow(); | |
5962 | ||
5963 | // Determine the outer/inner coordinates. | |
5964 | if (oldLeft > leftCol) | |
5965 | { | |
5966 | temp = oldLeft; | |
5967 | oldLeft = leftCol; | |
5968 | leftCol = temp; | |
5969 | } | |
5970 | if (oldTop > topRow ) | |
5971 | { | |
5972 | temp = oldTop; | |
5973 | oldTop = topRow; | |
5974 | topRow = temp; | |
5975 | } | |
5976 | if (oldRight < rightCol ) | |
5977 | { | |
5978 | temp = oldRight; | |
5979 | oldRight = rightCol; | |
5980 | rightCol = temp; | |
5981 | } | |
5982 | if (oldBottom < bottomRow) | |
5983 | { | |
5984 | temp = oldBottom; | |
5985 | oldBottom = bottomRow; | |
5986 | bottomRow = temp; | |
5987 | } | |
5988 | ||
5989 | // Now, either the stuff marked old is the outer | |
5990 | // rectangle or we don't have a situation where one | |
5991 | // is contained in the other. | |
5992 | ||
5993 | if ( oldLeft < leftCol ) | |
5994 | { | |
5995 | need_refresh[0] = TRUE; | |
5996 | rect[0] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
5997 | oldLeft ), | |
5998 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
5999 | leftCol - 1 ) ); | |
6000 | } | |
6001 | ||
6002 | if ( oldTop < topRow ) | |
6003 | { | |
6004 | need_refresh[1] = TRUE; | |
6005 | rect[1] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
6006 | leftCol ), | |
6007 | wxGridCellCoords ( topRow - 1, | |
6008 | rightCol ) ); | |
6009 | } | |
6010 | ||
6011 | if ( oldRight > rightCol ) | |
6012 | { | |
6013 | need_refresh[2] = TRUE; | |
6014 | rect[2] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( oldTop, | |
6015 | rightCol + 1 ), | |
6016 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
6017 | oldRight ) ); | |
6018 | } | |
6019 | ||
6020 | if ( oldBottom > bottomRow ) | |
6021 | { | |
6022 | need_refresh[3] = TRUE; | |
6023 | rect[3] = BlockToDeviceRect( wxGridCellCoords ( bottomRow + 1, | |
6024 | leftCol ), | |
6025 | wxGridCellCoords ( oldBottom, | |
6026 | rightCol ) ); | |
6027 | } | |
6028 | ||
6029 | ||
6030 | // Change Selection | |
6031 | m_selectingTopLeft = updateTopLeft; | |
6032 | m_selectingBottomRight = updateBottomRight; | |
6033 | ||
6034 | // various Refresh() calls | |
6035 | for (i = 0; i < 4; i++ ) | |
6036 | if ( need_refresh[i] && rect[i] != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
6037 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &(rect[i]) ); | |
6038 | } | |
6039 | ||
6040 | // never generate an event as it will be generated from | |
6041 | // wxGridSelection::SelectBlock! | |
6042 | // (old comment from when this was the body of SelectBlock) | |
6043 | } | |
6044 | ||
6045 | // | |
6046 | // ------ functions to get/send data (see also public functions) | |
6047 | // | |
6048 | ||
6049 | bool wxGrid::GetModelValues() | |
6050 | { | |
6051 | if ( m_table ) | |
6052 | { | |
6053 | // all we need to do is repaint the grid | |
6054 | // | |
6055 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6056 | return TRUE; | |
6057 | } | |
6058 | ||
6059 | return FALSE; | |
6060 | } | |
6061 | ||
6062 | ||
6063 | bool wxGrid::SetModelValues() | |
6064 | { | |
6065 | int row, col; | |
6066 | ||
6067 | if ( m_table ) | |
6068 | { | |
6069 | for ( row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
6070 | { | |
6071 | for ( col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
6072 | { | |
6073 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, GetCellValue(row, col) ); | |
6074 | } | |
6075 | } | |
6076 | ||
6077 | return TRUE; | |
6078 | } | |
6079 | ||
6080 | return FALSE; | |
6081 | } | |
6082 | ||
6083 | ||
6084 | ||
6085 | // Note - this function only draws cells that are in the list of | |
6086 | // exposed cells (usually set from the update region by | |
6087 | // CalcExposedCells) | |
6088 | // | |
6089 | void wxGrid::DrawGridCellArea( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells ) | |
6090 | { | |
6091 | if ( !m_numRows || !m_numCols ) return; | |
6092 | ||
6093 | size_t i; | |
6094 | size_t numCells = cells.GetCount(); | |
6095 | ||
6096 | for ( i = 0; i < numCells; i++ ) | |
6097 | { | |
6098 | DrawCell( dc, cells[i] ); | |
6099 | } | |
6100 | } | |
6101 | ||
6102 | ||
6103 | void wxGrid::DrawGridSpace( wxDC& dc ) | |
6104 | { | |
6105 | int cw, ch; | |
6106 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
6107 | ||
6108 | int right, bottom; | |
6109 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6110 | ||
6111 | int rightCol = m_numCols > 0 ? GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) : 0; | |
6112 | int bottomRow = m_numRows > 0 ? GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) : 0 ; | |
6113 | ||
6114 | if ( right > rightCol || bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6115 | { | |
6116 | int left, top; | |
6117 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6118 | ||
6119 | dc.SetBrush( wxBrush(GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID) ); | |
6120 | dc.SetPen( *wxTRANSPARENT_PEN ); | |
6121 | ||
6122 | if ( right > rightCol ) | |
6123 | { | |
6124 | dc.DrawRectangle( rightCol, top, right - rightCol, ch); | |
6125 | } | |
6126 | ||
6127 | if ( bottom > bottomRow ) | |
6128 | { | |
6129 | dc.DrawRectangle( left, bottomRow, cw, bottom - bottomRow); | |
6130 | } | |
6131 | } | |
6132 | } | |
6133 | ||
6134 | ||
6135 | void wxGrid::DrawCell( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6136 | { | |
6137 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6138 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6139 | ||
6140 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6141 | return; | |
6142 | ||
6143 | // we draw the cell border ourselves | |
6144 | #if !WXGRID_DRAW_LINES | |
6145 | if ( m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
6146 | DrawCellBorder( dc, coords ); | |
6147 | #endif | |
6148 | ||
6149 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6150 | ||
6151 | bool isCurrent = coords == m_currentCellCoords; | |
6152 | ||
6153 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, col ); | |
6154 | ||
6155 | // if the editor is shown, we should use it and not the renderer | |
6156 | // Note: However, only if it is really _shown_, i.e. not hidden! | |
6157 | if ( isCurrent && IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6158 | { | |
6159 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6160 | editor->PaintBackground(rect, attr); | |
6161 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6162 | } | |
6163 | else | |
6164 | { | |
6165 | // but all the rest is drawn by the cell renderer and hence may be | |
6166 | // customized | |
6167 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
6168 | renderer->Draw(*this, *attr, dc, rect, row, col, IsInSelection(coords)); | |
6169 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
6170 | } | |
6171 | ||
6172 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6173 | } | |
6174 | ||
6175 | void wxGrid::DrawCellHighlight( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellAttr *attr ) | |
6176 | { | |
6177 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6178 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6179 | ||
6180 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6181 | return; | |
6182 | ||
6183 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
6184 | ||
6185 | // hmmm... what could we do here to show that the cell is disabled? | |
6186 | // for now, I just draw a thinner border than for the other ones, but | |
6187 | // it doesn't look really good | |
6188 | ||
6189 | int penWidth = attr->IsReadOnly() ? m_cellHighlightROPenWidth : m_cellHighlightPenWidth; | |
6190 | ||
6191 | if (penWidth > 0) { | |
6192 | ||
6193 | // The center of th drawn line is where the position/width/height of | |
6194 | // the rectangle is actually at, (on wxMSW atr least,) so we will | |
6195 | // reduce the size of the rectangle to compensate for the thickness of | |
6196 | // the line. If this is too strange on non wxMSW platforms then | |
6197 | // please #ifdef this appropriately. | |
6198 | rect.x += penWidth/2; | |
6199 | rect.y += penWidth/2; | |
6200 | rect.width -= penWidth-1; | |
6201 | rect.height -= penWidth-1; | |
6202 | ||
6203 | ||
6204 | // Now draw the rectangle | |
6205 | dc.SetPen(wxPen(m_cellHighlightColour, penWidth, wxSOLID)); | |
6206 | dc.SetBrush(*wxTRANSPARENT_BRUSH); | |
6207 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6208 | } | |
6209 | ||
6210 | #if 0 | |
6211 | // VZ: my experiments with 3d borders... | |
6212 | ||
6213 | // how to properly set colours for arbitrary bg? | |
6214 | wxCoord x1 = rect.x, | |
6215 | y1 = rect.y, | |
6216 | x2 = rect.x + rect.width -1, | |
6217 | y2 = rect.y + rect.height -1; | |
6218 | ||
6219 | dc.SetPen(*wxWHITE_PEN); | |
6220 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x2, y1); | |
6221 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y1, x1, y2); | |
6222 | ||
6223 | dc.DrawLine(x1 + 1, y2 - 1, x2 - 1, y2 - 1); | |
6224 | dc.DrawLine(x2 - 1, y1 + 1, x2 - 1, y2 ); | |
6225 | ||
6226 | dc.SetPen(*wxBLACK_PEN); | |
6227 | dc.DrawLine(x1, y2, x2, y2); | |
6228 | dc.DrawLine(x2, y1, x2, y2+1); | |
6229 | #endif // 0 | |
6230 | } | |
6231 | ||
6232 | ||
6233 | void wxGrid::DrawCellBorder( wxDC& dc, const wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6234 | { | |
6235 | int row = coords.GetRow(); | |
6236 | int col = coords.GetCol(); | |
6237 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6238 | return; | |
6239 | ||
6240 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6241 | ||
6242 | // right hand border | |
6243 | // | |
6244 | dc.DrawLine( GetColRight(col), GetRowTop(row), | |
6245 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6246 | ||
6247 | // bottom border | |
6248 | // | |
6249 | dc.DrawLine( GetColLeft(col), GetRowBottom(row), | |
6250 | GetColRight(col), GetRowBottom(row) ); | |
6251 | } | |
6252 | ||
6253 | void wxGrid::DrawHighlight(wxDC& dc,const wxGridCellCoordsArray& cells) | |
6254 | { | |
6255 | // This if block was previously in wxGrid::OnPaint but that doesn't | |
6256 | // seem to get called under wxGTK - MB | |
6257 | // | |
6258 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
6259 | m_numRows && m_numCols ) | |
6260 | { | |
6261 | m_currentCellCoords.Set(0, 0); | |
6262 | } | |
6263 | ||
6264 | if ( IsCellEditControlShown() ) | |
6265 | { | |
6266 | // don't show highlight when the edit control is shown | |
6267 | return; | |
6268 | } | |
6269 | ||
6270 | // if the active cell was repainted, repaint its highlight too because it | |
6271 | // might have been damaged by the grid lines | |
6272 | size_t count = cells.GetCount(); | |
6273 | for ( size_t n = 0; n < count; n++ ) | |
6274 | { | |
6275 | if ( cells[n] == m_currentCellCoords ) | |
6276 | { | |
6277 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6278 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
6279 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6280 | ||
6281 | break; | |
6282 | } | |
6283 | } | |
6284 | } | |
6285 | ||
6286 | // TODO: remove this ??? | |
6287 | // This is used to redraw all grid lines e.g. when the grid line colour | |
6288 | // has been changed | |
6289 | // | |
6290 | void wxGrid::DrawAllGridLines( wxDC& dc, const wxRegion & WXUNUSED(reg) ) | |
6291 | { | |
6292 | if ( !m_gridLinesEnabled || | |
6293 | !m_numRows || | |
6294 | !m_numCols ) return; | |
6295 | ||
6296 | int top, bottom, left, right; | |
6297 | ||
6298 | #if 0 //#ifndef __WXGTK__ | |
6299 | if (reg.IsEmpty()) | |
6300 | { | |
6301 | int cw, ch; | |
6302 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6303 | ||
6304 | // virtual coords of visible area | |
6305 | // | |
6306 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6307 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6308 | } | |
6309 | else | |
6310 | { | |
6311 | wxCoord x, y, w, h; | |
6312 | reg.GetBox(x, y, w, h); | |
6313 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x, y, &left, &top ); | |
6314 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( x + w, y + h, &right, &bottom ); | |
6315 | } | |
6316 | #else | |
6317 | int cw, ch; | |
6318 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize(&cw, &ch); | |
6319 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( 0, 0, &left, &top ); | |
6320 | CalcUnscrolledPosition( cw, ch, &right, &bottom ); | |
6321 | #endif | |
6322 | ||
6323 | // avoid drawing grid lines past the last row and col | |
6324 | // | |
6325 | right = wxMin( right, GetColRight(m_numCols - 1) ); | |
6326 | bottom = wxMin( bottom, GetRowBottom(m_numRows - 1) ); | |
6327 | ||
6328 | dc.SetPen( wxPen(GetGridLineColour(), 1, wxSOLID) ); | |
6329 | ||
6330 | // horizontal grid lines | |
6331 | // | |
6332 | int i; | |
6333 | for ( i = internalYToRow(top); i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
6334 | { | |
6335 | int bot = GetRowBottom(i) - 1; | |
6336 | ||
6337 | if ( bot > bottom ) | |
6338 | { | |
6339 | break; | |
6340 | } | |
6341 | ||
6342 | if ( bot >= top ) | |
6343 | { | |
6344 | dc.DrawLine( left, bot, right, bot ); | |
6345 | } | |
6346 | } | |
6347 | ||
6348 | ||
6349 | // vertical grid lines | |
6350 | // | |
6351 | for ( i = internalXToCol(left); i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
6352 | { | |
6353 | int colRight = GetColRight(i) - 1; | |
6354 | if ( colRight > right ) | |
6355 | { | |
6356 | break; | |
6357 | } | |
6358 | ||
6359 | if ( colRight >= left ) | |
6360 | { | |
6361 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, top, colRight, bottom ); | |
6362 | } | |
6363 | } | |
6364 | } | |
6365 | ||
6366 | ||
6367 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabels( wxDC& dc ,const wxArrayInt& rows) | |
6368 | { | |
6369 | if ( !m_numRows ) return; | |
6370 | ||
6371 | size_t i; | |
6372 | size_t numLabels = rows.GetCount(); | |
6373 | ||
6374 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6375 | { | |
6376 | DrawRowLabel( dc, rows[i] ); | |
6377 | } | |
6378 | } | |
6379 | ||
6380 | ||
6381 | void wxGrid::DrawRowLabel( wxDC& dc, int row ) | |
6382 | { | |
6383 | if ( GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
6384 | return; | |
6385 | ||
6386 | int rowTop = GetRowTop(row), | |
6387 | rowBottom = GetRowBottom(row) - 1; | |
6388 | ||
6389 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6390 | dc.DrawLine( m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop, | |
6391 | m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6392 | ||
6393 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowBottom, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowBottom ); | |
6394 | ||
6395 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6396 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, 0, rowBottom ); | |
6397 | dc.DrawLine( 0, rowTop, m_rowLabelWidth-1, rowTop ); | |
6398 | ||
6399 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6400 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6401 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6402 | ||
6403 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6404 | GetRowLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6405 | ||
6406 | wxRect rect; | |
6407 | rect.SetX( 2 ); | |
6408 | rect.SetY( GetRowTop(row) + 2 ); | |
6409 | rect.SetWidth( m_rowLabelWidth - 4 ); | |
6410 | rect.SetHeight( GetRowHeight(row) - 4 ); | |
6411 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetRowLabelValue( row ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6412 | } | |
6413 | ||
6414 | ||
6415 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabels( wxDC& dc,const wxArrayInt& cols ) | |
6416 | { | |
6417 | if ( !m_numCols ) return; | |
6418 | ||
6419 | size_t i; | |
6420 | size_t numLabels = cols.GetCount(); | |
6421 | ||
6422 | for ( i = 0; i < numLabels; i++ ) | |
6423 | { | |
6424 | DrawColLabel( dc, cols[i] ); | |
6425 | } | |
6426 | } | |
6427 | ||
6428 | ||
6429 | void wxGrid::DrawColLabel( wxDC& dc, int col ) | |
6430 | { | |
6431 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 ) | |
6432 | return; | |
6433 | ||
6434 | int colLeft = GetColLeft(col), | |
6435 | colRight = GetColRight(col) - 1; | |
6436 | ||
6437 | dc.SetPen( *wxBLACK_PEN ); | |
6438 | dc.DrawLine( colRight, 0, | |
6439 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6440 | ||
6441 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1, | |
6442 | colRight, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6443 | ||
6444 | dc.SetPen( *wxWHITE_PEN ); | |
6445 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colLeft, m_colLabelHeight-1 ); | |
6446 | dc.DrawLine( colLeft, 0, colRight, 0 ); | |
6447 | ||
6448 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6449 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6450 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6451 | ||
6452 | dc.SetBackgroundMode( wxTRANSPARENT ); | |
6453 | dc.SetTextForeground( GetLabelTextColour() ); | |
6454 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
6455 | ||
6456 | int hAlign, vAlign; | |
6457 | GetColLabelAlignment( &hAlign, &vAlign ); | |
6458 | ||
6459 | wxRect rect; | |
6460 | rect.SetX( colLeft + 2 ); | |
6461 | rect.SetY( 2 ); | |
6462 | rect.SetWidth( GetColWidth(col) - 4 ); | |
6463 | rect.SetHeight( m_colLabelHeight - 4 ); | |
6464 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, GetColLabelValue( col ), rect, hAlign, vAlign ); | |
6465 | } | |
6466 | ||
6467 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6468 | const wxString& value, | |
6469 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6470 | int horizAlign, | |
6471 | int vertAlign ) | |
6472 | { | |
6473 | wxArrayString lines; | |
6474 | ||
6475 | dc.SetClippingRegion( rect ); | |
6476 | StringToLines( value, lines ); | |
6477 | ||
6478 | ||
6479 | //Forward to new API. | |
6480 | DrawTextRectangle( dc, | |
6481 | lines, | |
6482 | rect, | |
6483 | horizAlign, | |
6484 | vertAlign ); | |
6485 | ||
6486 | } | |
6487 | ||
6488 | void wxGrid::DrawTextRectangle( wxDC& dc, | |
6489 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6490 | const wxRect& rect, | |
6491 | int horizAlign, | |
6492 | int vertAlign ) | |
6493 | { | |
6494 | long textWidth, textHeight; | |
6495 | long lineWidth, lineHeight; | |
6496 | ||
6497 | if ( lines.GetCount() ) | |
6498 | { | |
6499 | GetTextBoxSize( dc, lines, &textWidth, &textHeight ); | |
6500 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[0], &lineWidth, &lineHeight ); | |
6501 | ||
6502 | float x, y; | |
6503 | switch ( horizAlign ) | |
6504 | { | |
6505 | case wxALIGN_RIGHT: | |
6506 | x = rect.x + (rect.width - textWidth - 1); | |
6507 | break; | |
6508 | ||
6509 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6510 | x = rect.x + ((rect.width - textWidth)/2); | |
6511 | break; | |
6512 | ||
6513 | case wxALIGN_LEFT: | |
6514 | default: | |
6515 | x = rect.x + 1; | |
6516 | break; | |
6517 | } | |
6518 | ||
6519 | switch ( vertAlign ) | |
6520 | { | |
6521 | case wxALIGN_BOTTOM: | |
6522 | y = rect.y + (rect.height - textHeight - 1); | |
6523 | break; | |
6524 | ||
6525 | case wxALIGN_CENTRE: | |
6526 | y = rect.y + ((rect.height - textHeight)/2); | |
6527 | break; | |
6528 | ||
6529 | case wxALIGN_TOP: | |
6530 | default: | |
6531 | y = rect.y + 1; | |
6532 | break; | |
6533 | } | |
6534 | ||
6535 | for ( size_t i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6536 | { | |
6537 | dc.DrawText( lines[i], (int)x, (int)y ); | |
6538 | y += lineHeight; | |
6539 | } | |
6540 | } | |
6541 | ||
6542 | dc.DestroyClippingRegion(); | |
6543 | } | |
6544 | ||
6545 | ||
6546 | // Split multi line text up into an array of strings. Any existing | |
6547 | // contents of the string array are preserved. | |
6548 | // | |
6549 | void wxGrid::StringToLines( const wxString& value, wxArrayString& lines ) | |
6550 | { | |
6551 | int startPos = 0; | |
6552 | int pos; | |
6553 | wxString eol = wxTextFile::GetEOL( wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6554 | wxString tVal = wxTextFile::Translate( value, wxTextFileType_Unix ); | |
6555 | ||
6556 | while ( startPos < (int)tVal.Length() ) | |
6557 | { | |
6558 | pos = tVal.Mid(startPos).Find( eol ); | |
6559 | if ( pos < 0 ) | |
6560 | { | |
6561 | break; | |
6562 | } | |
6563 | else if ( pos == 0 ) | |
6564 | { | |
6565 | lines.Add( wxEmptyString ); | |
6566 | } | |
6567 | else | |
6568 | { | |
6569 | lines.Add( value.Mid(startPos, pos) ); | |
6570 | } | |
6571 | startPos += pos+1; | |
6572 | } | |
6573 | if ( startPos < (int)value.Length() ) | |
6574 | { | |
6575 | lines.Add( value.Mid( startPos ) ); | |
6576 | } | |
6577 | } | |
6578 | ||
6579 | ||
6580 | void wxGrid::GetTextBoxSize( wxDC& dc, | |
6581 | const wxArrayString& lines, | |
6582 | long *width, long *height ) | |
6583 | { | |
6584 | long w = 0; | |
6585 | long h = 0; | |
6586 | long lineW, lineH; | |
6587 | ||
6588 | size_t i; | |
6589 | for ( i = 0; i < lines.GetCount(); i++ ) | |
6590 | { | |
6591 | dc.GetTextExtent( lines[i], &lineW, &lineH ); | |
6592 | w = wxMax( w, lineW ); | |
6593 | h += lineH; | |
6594 | } | |
6595 | ||
6596 | *width = w; | |
6597 | *height = h; | |
6598 | } | |
6599 | ||
6600 | // | |
6601 | // ------ Batch processing. | |
6602 | // | |
6603 | void wxGrid::EndBatch() | |
6604 | { | |
6605 | if ( m_batchCount > 0 ) | |
6606 | { | |
6607 | m_batchCount--; | |
6608 | if ( !m_batchCount ) | |
6609 | { | |
6610 | CalcDimensions(); | |
6611 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6612 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6613 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
6614 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
6615 | } | |
6616 | } | |
6617 | } | |
6618 | ||
6619 | // Use this, rather than wxWindow::Refresh(), to force an immediate | |
6620 | // repainting of the grid. Has no effect if you are already inside a | |
6621 | // BeginBatch / EndBatch block. | |
6622 | // | |
6623 | void wxGrid::ForceRefresh() | |
6624 | { | |
6625 | BeginBatch(); | |
6626 | EndBatch(); | |
6627 | } | |
6628 | ||
6629 | ||
6630 | // | |
6631 | // ------ Edit control functions | |
6632 | // | |
6633 | ||
6634 | ||
6635 | void wxGrid::EnableEditing( bool edit ) | |
6636 | { | |
6637 | // TODO: improve this ? | |
6638 | // | |
6639 | if ( edit != m_editable ) | |
6640 | { | |
6641 | if(!edit) EnableCellEditControl(edit); | |
6642 | m_editable = edit; | |
6643 | } | |
6644 | } | |
6645 | ||
6646 | ||
6647 | void wxGrid::EnableCellEditControl( bool enable ) | |
6648 | { | |
6649 | if (! m_editable) | |
6650 | return; | |
6651 | ||
6652 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
6653 | SetCurrentCell( 0, 0 ); | |
6654 | ||
6655 | if ( enable != m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6656 | { | |
6657 | if ( enable ) | |
6658 | { | |
6659 | if (SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_SHOWN) <0) | |
6660 | return; | |
6661 | ||
6662 | // this should be checked by the caller! | |
6663 | wxASSERT_MSG( CanEnableCellControl(), | |
6664 | _T("can't enable editing for this cell!") ); | |
6665 | ||
6666 | // do it before ShowCellEditControl() | |
6667 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6668 | ||
6669 | ShowCellEditControl(); | |
6670 | } | |
6671 | else | |
6672 | { | |
6673 | //FIXME:add veto support | |
6674 | SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_HIDDEN); | |
6675 | ||
6676 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
6677 | SaveEditControlValue(); | |
6678 | ||
6679 | // do it after HideCellEditControl() | |
6680 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = enable; | |
6681 | } | |
6682 | } | |
6683 | } | |
6684 | ||
6685 | bool wxGrid::IsCurrentCellReadOnly() const | |
6686 | { | |
6687 | // const_cast | |
6688 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = ((wxGrid *)this)->GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
6689 | bool readonly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
6690 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6691 | ||
6692 | return readonly; | |
6693 | } | |
6694 | ||
6695 | bool wxGrid::CanEnableCellControl() const | |
6696 | { | |
6697 | return m_editable && !IsCurrentCellReadOnly(); | |
6698 | } | |
6699 | ||
6700 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlEnabled() const | |
6701 | { | |
6702 | // the cell edit control might be disable for all cells or just for the | |
6703 | // current one if it's read only | |
6704 | return m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ? !IsCurrentCellReadOnly() : FALSE; | |
6705 | } | |
6706 | ||
6707 | bool wxGrid::IsCellEditControlShown() const | |
6708 | { | |
6709 | bool isShown = FALSE; | |
6710 | ||
6711 | if ( m_cellEditCtrlEnabled ) | |
6712 | { | |
6713 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6714 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6715 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6716 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor((wxGrid*) this, row, col); | |
6717 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6718 | ||
6719 | if ( editor ) | |
6720 | { | |
6721 | if ( editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6722 | { | |
6723 | isShown = editor->GetControl()->IsShown(); | |
6724 | } | |
6725 | ||
6726 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6727 | } | |
6728 | } | |
6729 | ||
6730 | return isShown; | |
6731 | } | |
6732 | ||
6733 | void wxGrid::ShowCellEditControl() | |
6734 | { | |
6735 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6736 | { | |
6737 | if ( !IsVisible( m_currentCellCoords ) ) | |
6738 | { | |
6739 | m_cellEditCtrlEnabled = FALSE; | |
6740 | return; | |
6741 | } | |
6742 | else | |
6743 | { | |
6744 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( m_currentCellCoords ); | |
6745 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6746 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6747 | ||
6748 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
6749 | // | |
6750 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.x, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y ); | |
6751 | ||
6752 | // done in PaintBackground() | |
6753 | #if 0 | |
6754 | // erase the highlight and the cell contents because the editor | |
6755 | // might not cover the entire cell | |
6756 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
6757 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
6758 | dc.SetBrush(*wxLIGHT_GREY_BRUSH); //wxBrush(attr->GetBackgroundColour(), wxSOLID)); | |
6759 | dc.SetPen(*wxTRANSPARENT_PEN); | |
6760 | dc.DrawRectangle(rect); | |
6761 | #endif // 0 | |
6762 | ||
6763 | // cell is shifted by one pixel | |
6764 | // However, don't allow x or y to become negative | |
6765 | // since the SetSize() method interprets that as | |
6766 | // "don't change." | |
6767 | if (rect.x > 0) | |
6768 | rect.x--; | |
6769 | if (rect.y > 0) | |
6770 | rect.y--; | |
6771 | ||
6772 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6773 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6774 | if ( !editor->IsCreated() ) | |
6775 | { | |
6776 | editor->Create(m_gridWin, -1, | |
6777 | new wxGridCellEditorEvtHandler(this, editor)); | |
6778 | ||
6779 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent evt(GetId(), | |
6780 | wxEVT_GRID_EDITOR_CREATED, | |
6781 | this, | |
6782 | row, | |
6783 | col, | |
6784 | editor->GetControl()); | |
6785 | GetEventHandler()->ProcessEvent(evt); | |
6786 | } | |
6787 | ||
6788 | editor->Show( TRUE, attr ); | |
6789 | ||
6790 | editor->SetSize( rect ); | |
6791 | ||
6792 | editor->BeginEdit(row, col, this); | |
6793 | ||
6794 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6795 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6796 | } | |
6797 | } | |
6798 | } | |
6799 | ||
6800 | ||
6801 | void wxGrid::HideCellEditControl() | |
6802 | { | |
6803 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6804 | { | |
6805 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6806 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6807 | ||
6808 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6809 | wxGridCellEditor *editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6810 | editor->Show( FALSE ); | |
6811 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6812 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6813 | m_gridWin->SetFocus(); | |
6814 | wxRect rect( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
6815 | m_gridWin->Refresh( FALSE, &rect ); | |
6816 | } | |
6817 | } | |
6818 | ||
6819 | ||
6820 | void wxGrid::SaveEditControlValue() | |
6821 | { | |
6822 | if ( IsCellEditControlEnabled() ) | |
6823 | { | |
6824 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
6825 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
6826 | ||
6827 | wxString oldval = GetCellValue(row,col); | |
6828 | ||
6829 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
6830 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
6831 | bool changed = editor->EndEdit(row, col, this); | |
6832 | ||
6833 | editor->DecRef(); | |
6834 | attr->DecRef(); | |
6835 | ||
6836 | if (changed) | |
6837 | { | |
6838 | if ( SendEvent( wxEVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE, | |
6839 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
6840 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ) < 0 ) { | |
6841 | ||
6842 | // Event has been vetoed, set the data back. | |
6843 | SetCellValue(row,col,oldval); | |
6844 | } | |
6845 | } | |
6846 | } | |
6847 | } | |
6848 | ||
6849 | ||
6850 | // | |
6851 | // ------ Grid location functions | |
6852 | // Note that all of these functions work with the logical coordinates of | |
6853 | // grid cells and labels so you will need to convert from device | |
6854 | // coordinates for mouse events etc. | |
6855 | // | |
6856 | ||
6857 | void wxGrid::XYToCell( int x, int y, wxGridCellCoords& coords ) | |
6858 | { | |
6859 | int row = YToRow(y); | |
6860 | int col = XToCol(x); | |
6861 | ||
6862 | if ( row == -1 || col == -1 ) | |
6863 | { | |
6864 | coords = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
6865 | } | |
6866 | else | |
6867 | { | |
6868 | coords.Set( row, col ); | |
6869 | } | |
6870 | } | |
6871 | ||
6872 | ||
6873 | // Internal Helper function for computing row or column from some | |
6874 | // (unscrolled) coordinate value, using either | |
6875 | // m_defaultRowHeight/m_defaultColWidth or binary search on array | |
6876 | // of m_rowBottoms/m_ColRights to speed up the search! | |
6877 | ||
6878 | static int CoordToRowOrCol(int coord, int defaultDist, int minDist, | |
6879 | const wxArrayInt& BorderArray, bool maxOnOverflow) | |
6880 | { | |
6881 | if (!defaultDist) | |
6882 | defaultDist = 1; | |
6883 | size_t i_max = coord / defaultDist, | |
6884 | i_min = 0; | |
6885 | if (BorderArray.IsEmpty()) | |
6886 | { | |
6887 | return i_max; | |
6888 | } | |
6889 | ||
6890 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
6891 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
6892 | else | |
6893 | { | |
6894 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
6895 | { | |
6896 | i_min = i_max; | |
6897 | i_max = coord / minDist; | |
6898 | } | |
6899 | if ( i_max >= BorderArray.GetCount()) | |
6900 | i_max = BorderArray.GetCount() - 1; | |
6901 | } | |
6902 | if ( coord >= BorderArray[i_max]) | |
6903 | return maxOnOverflow ? (int)i_max : -1; | |
6904 | if ( coord < BorderArray[0] ) | |
6905 | return 0; | |
6906 | ||
6907 | while ( i_max - i_min > 0 ) | |
6908 | { | |
6909 | wxCHECK_MSG(BorderArray[i_min] <= coord && coord < BorderArray[i_max], | |
6910 | 0, _T("wxGrid: internal error in CoordToRowOrCol")); | |
6911 | if (coord >= BorderArray[ i_max - 1]) | |
6912 | return i_max; | |
6913 | else | |
6914 | i_max--; | |
6915 | int median = i_min + (i_max - i_min + 1) / 2; | |
6916 | if (coord < BorderArray[median]) | |
6917 | i_max = median; | |
6918 | else | |
6919 | i_min = median; | |
6920 | } | |
6921 | return i_max; | |
6922 | } | |
6923 | ||
6924 | int wxGrid::YToRow( int y ) | |
6925 | { | |
6926 | return CoordToRowOrCol(y, m_defaultRowHeight, | |
6927 | WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT, m_rowBottoms, FALSE); | |
6928 | } | |
6929 | ||
6930 | ||
6931 | int wxGrid::XToCol( int x ) | |
6932 | { | |
6933 | return CoordToRowOrCol(x, m_defaultColWidth, | |
6934 | WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH, m_colRights, FALSE); | |
6935 | } | |
6936 | ||
6937 | ||
6938 | // return the row number that that the y coord is near the edge of, or | |
6939 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6940 | // | |
6941 | int wxGrid::YToEdgeOfRow( int y ) | |
6942 | { | |
6943 | int i; | |
6944 | i = internalYToRow(y); | |
6945 | ||
6946 | if ( GetRowHeight(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6947 | { | |
6948 | // We know that we are in row i, test whether we are | |
6949 | // close enough to lower or upper border, respectively. | |
6950 | if ( abs(GetRowBottom(i) - y) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6951 | return i; | |
6952 | else if( i > 0 && y - GetRowTop(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6953 | return i - 1; | |
6954 | } | |
6955 | ||
6956 | return -1; | |
6957 | } | |
6958 | ||
6959 | ||
6960 | // return the col number that that the x coord is near the edge of, or | |
6961 | // -1 if not near an edge | |
6962 | // | |
6963 | int wxGrid::XToEdgeOfCol( int x ) | |
6964 | { | |
6965 | int i; | |
6966 | i = internalXToCol(x); | |
6967 | ||
6968 | if ( GetColWidth(i) > WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6969 | { | |
6970 | // We know that we are in column i, test whether we are | |
6971 | // close enough to right or left border, respectively. | |
6972 | if ( abs(GetColRight(i) - x) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6973 | return i; | |
6974 | else if( i > 0 && x - GetColLeft(i) < WXGRID_LABEL_EDGE_ZONE ) | |
6975 | return i - 1; | |
6976 | } | |
6977 | ||
6978 | return -1; | |
6979 | } | |
6980 | ||
6981 | ||
6982 | wxRect wxGrid::CellToRect( int row, int col ) | |
6983 | { | |
6984 | wxRect rect( -1, -1, -1, -1 ); | |
6985 | ||
6986 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
6987 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
6988 | { | |
6989 | rect.x = GetColLeft(col); | |
6990 | rect.y = GetRowTop(row); | |
6991 | rect.width = GetColWidth(col); | |
6992 | rect.height = GetRowHeight(row); | |
6993 | } | |
6994 | ||
6995 | // if grid lines are enabled, then the area of the cell is a bit smaller | |
6996 | if (m_gridLinesEnabled) { | |
6997 | rect.width -= 1; | |
6998 | rect.height -= 1; | |
6999 | } | |
7000 | return rect; | |
7001 | } | |
7002 | ||
7003 | ||
7004 | bool wxGrid::IsVisible( int row, int col, bool wholeCellVisible ) | |
7005 | { | |
7006 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
7007 | // | |
7008 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
7009 | ||
7010 | // convert to device coords | |
7011 | // | |
7012 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
7013 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
7014 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
7015 | ||
7016 | // check against the client area of the grid window | |
7017 | // | |
7018 | int cw, ch; | |
7019 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7020 | ||
7021 | if ( wholeCellVisible ) | |
7022 | { | |
7023 | // is the cell wholly visible ? | |
7024 | // | |
7025 | return ( left >= 0 && right <= cw && | |
7026 | top >= 0 && bottom <= ch ); | |
7027 | } | |
7028 | else | |
7029 | { | |
7030 | // is the cell partly visible ? | |
7031 | // | |
7032 | return ( ((left >=0 && left < cw) || (right > 0 && right <= cw)) && | |
7033 | ((top >=0 && top < ch) || (bottom > 0 && bottom <= ch)) ); | |
7034 | } | |
7035 | } | |
7036 | ||
7037 | ||
7038 | // make the specified cell location visible by doing a minimal amount | |
7039 | // of scrolling | |
7040 | // | |
7041 | void wxGrid::MakeCellVisible( int row, int col ) | |
7042 | { | |
7043 | ||
7044 | int i; | |
7045 | int xpos = -1, ypos = -1; | |
7046 | ||
7047 | if ( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows && | |
7048 | col >= 0 && col < m_numCols ) | |
7049 | { | |
7050 | // get the cell rectangle in logical coords | |
7051 | // | |
7052 | wxRect r( CellToRect( row, col ) ); | |
7053 | ||
7054 | // convert to device coords | |
7055 | // | |
7056 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
7057 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetLeft(), r.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
7058 | CalcScrolledPosition( r.GetRight(), r.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
7059 | ||
7060 | int cw, ch; | |
7061 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7062 | ||
7063 | if ( top < 0 ) | |
7064 | { | |
7065 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
7066 | } | |
7067 | else if ( bottom > ch ) | |
7068 | { | |
7069 | int h = r.GetHeight(); | |
7070 | ypos = r.GetTop(); | |
7071 | for ( i = row-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7072 | { | |
7073 | int rowHeight = GetRowHeight(i); | |
7074 | if ( h + rowHeight > ch ) | |
7075 | break; | |
7076 | ||
7077 | h += rowHeight; | |
7078 | ypos -= rowHeight; | |
7079 | } | |
7080 | ||
7081 | // we divide it later by GRID_SCROLL_LINE, make sure that we don't | |
7082 | // have rounding errors (this is important, because if we do, we | |
7083 | // might not scroll at all and some cells won't be redrawn) | |
7084 | // | |
7085 | // Sometimes GRID_SCROLL_LINE/2 is not enough, so just add a full | |
7086 | // scroll unit... | |
7087 | ypos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
7088 | } | |
7089 | ||
7090 | if ( left < 0 ) | |
7091 | { | |
7092 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
7093 | } | |
7094 | else if ( right > cw ) | |
7095 | { | |
7096 | int w = r.GetWidth(); | |
7097 | xpos = r.GetLeft(); | |
7098 | for ( i = col-1; i >= 0; i-- ) | |
7099 | { | |
7100 | int colWidth = GetColWidth(i); | |
7101 | if ( w + colWidth > cw ) | |
7102 | break; | |
7103 | ||
7104 | w += colWidth; | |
7105 | xpos -= colWidth; | |
7106 | } | |
7107 | ||
7108 | // see comment for ypos above | |
7109 | xpos += GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
7110 | } | |
7111 | ||
7112 | if ( xpos != -1 || ypos != -1 ) | |
7113 | { | |
7114 | if ( xpos != -1 ) | |
7115 | xpos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X; | |
7116 | if ( ypos != -1 ) | |
7117 | ypos /= GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y; | |
7118 | Scroll( xpos, ypos ); | |
7119 | AdjustScrollbars(); | |
7120 | } | |
7121 | } | |
7122 | } | |
7123 | ||
7124 | ||
7125 | // | |
7126 | // ------ Grid cursor movement functions | |
7127 | // | |
7128 | ||
7129 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUp( bool expandSelection ) | |
7130 | { | |
7131 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7132 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() >= 0 ) | |
7133 | { | |
7134 | if ( expandSelection) | |
7135 | { | |
7136 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7137 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7138 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7139 | { | |
7140 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() - 1 ); | |
7141 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7142 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7143 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7144 | } | |
7145 | } | |
7146 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7147 | { | |
7148 | ClearSelection(); | |
7149 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7150 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7151 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() - 1, | |
7152 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7153 | } | |
7154 | else | |
7155 | return FALSE; | |
7156 | return TRUE; | |
7157 | } | |
7158 | ||
7159 | return FALSE; | |
7160 | } | |
7161 | ||
7162 | ||
7163 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDown( bool expandSelection ) | |
7164 | { | |
7165 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7166 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows ) | |
7167 | { | |
7168 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7169 | { | |
7170 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7171 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7172 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7173 | { | |
7174 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetRow( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow() + 1 ); | |
7175 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7176 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7177 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7178 | } | |
7179 | } | |
7180 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows - 1 ) | |
7181 | { | |
7182 | ClearSelection(); | |
7183 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7184 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7185 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() + 1, | |
7186 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7187 | } | |
7188 | else | |
7189 | return FALSE; | |
7190 | return TRUE; | |
7191 | } | |
7192 | ||
7193 | return FALSE; | |
7194 | } | |
7195 | ||
7196 | ||
7197 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeft( bool expandSelection ) | |
7198 | { | |
7199 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7200 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() >= 0 ) | |
7201 | { | |
7202 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7203 | { | |
7204 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7205 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7206 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7207 | { | |
7208 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7209 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7210 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7211 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7212 | } | |
7213 | } | |
7214 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7215 | { | |
7216 | ClearSelection(); | |
7217 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7218 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7219 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7220 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() - 1 ); | |
7221 | } | |
7222 | else | |
7223 | return FALSE; | |
7224 | return TRUE; | |
7225 | } | |
7226 | ||
7227 | return FALSE; | |
7228 | } | |
7229 | ||
7230 | ||
7231 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRight( bool expandSelection ) | |
7232 | { | |
7233 | if ( m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7234 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols ) | |
7235 | { | |
7236 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7237 | { | |
7238 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard == wxGridNoCellCoords ) | |
7239 | m_selectingKeyboard = m_currentCellCoords; | |
7240 | if ( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7241 | { | |
7242 | m_selectingKeyboard.SetCol( m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7243 | MakeCellVisible( m_selectingKeyboard.GetRow(), | |
7244 | m_selectingKeyboard.GetCol() ); | |
7245 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7246 | } | |
7247 | } | |
7248 | else if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols - 1 ) | |
7249 | { | |
7250 | ClearSelection(); | |
7251 | MakeCellVisible( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7252 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7253 | SetCurrentCell( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(), | |
7254 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() + 1 ); | |
7255 | } | |
7256 | else | |
7257 | return FALSE; | |
7258 | return TRUE; | |
7259 | } | |
7260 | ||
7261 | return FALSE; | |
7262 | } | |
7263 | ||
7264 | ||
7265 | bool wxGrid::MovePageUp() | |
7266 | { | |
7267 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7268 | ||
7269 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7270 | if ( row > 0 ) | |
7271 | { | |
7272 | int cw, ch; | |
7273 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7274 | ||
7275 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7276 | int newRow = YToRow( y - ch + 1 ); | |
7277 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7278 | { | |
7279 | newRow = 0; | |
7280 | } | |
7281 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7282 | { | |
7283 | newRow = row - 1; | |
7284 | } | |
7285 | ||
7286 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7287 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7288 | ||
7289 | return TRUE; | |
7290 | } | |
7291 | ||
7292 | return FALSE; | |
7293 | } | |
7294 | ||
7295 | bool wxGrid::MovePageDown() | |
7296 | { | |
7297 | if ( m_currentCellCoords == wxGridNoCellCoords ) return FALSE; | |
7298 | ||
7299 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7300 | if ( row < m_numRows ) | |
7301 | { | |
7302 | int cw, ch; | |
7303 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
7304 | ||
7305 | int y = GetRowTop(row); | |
7306 | int newRow = YToRow( y + ch ); | |
7307 | if ( newRow == -1 ) | |
7308 | { | |
7309 | newRow = m_numRows - 1; | |
7310 | } | |
7311 | else if ( newRow == row ) | |
7312 | { | |
7313 | newRow = row + 1; | |
7314 | } | |
7315 | ||
7316 | MakeCellVisible( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7317 | SetCurrentCell( newRow, m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() ); | |
7318 | ||
7319 | return TRUE; | |
7320 | } | |
7321 | ||
7322 | return FALSE; | |
7323 | } | |
7324 | ||
7325 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorUpBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7326 | { | |
7327 | if ( m_table && | |
7328 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7329 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() > 0 ) | |
7330 | { | |
7331 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7332 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7333 | ||
7334 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7335 | { | |
7336 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7337 | // non-empty cells | |
7338 | // | |
7339 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7340 | { | |
7341 | row-- ; | |
7342 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7343 | } | |
7344 | } | |
7345 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row-1, col) ) | |
7346 | { | |
7347 | // starting at the top of a block: find the next block | |
7348 | // | |
7349 | row--; | |
7350 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7351 | { | |
7352 | row-- ; | |
7353 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7354 | } | |
7355 | } | |
7356 | else | |
7357 | { | |
7358 | // starting within a block: find the top of the block | |
7359 | // | |
7360 | while ( row > 0 ) | |
7361 | { | |
7362 | row-- ; | |
7363 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7364 | { | |
7365 | row++ ; | |
7366 | break; | |
7367 | } | |
7368 | } | |
7369 | } | |
7370 | ||
7371 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7372 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7373 | { | |
7374 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7375 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7376 | } | |
7377 | else | |
7378 | { | |
7379 | ClearSelection(); | |
7380 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7381 | } | |
7382 | return TRUE; | |
7383 | } | |
7384 | ||
7385 | return FALSE; | |
7386 | } | |
7387 | ||
7388 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorDownBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7389 | { | |
7390 | if ( m_table && | |
7391 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7392 | m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7393 | { | |
7394 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7395 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7396 | ||
7397 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7398 | { | |
7399 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7400 | // non-empty cells | |
7401 | // | |
7402 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7403 | { | |
7404 | row++ ; | |
7405 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7406 | } | |
7407 | } | |
7408 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row+1, col) ) | |
7409 | { | |
7410 | // starting at the bottom of a block: find the next block | |
7411 | // | |
7412 | row++; | |
7413 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7414 | { | |
7415 | row++ ; | |
7416 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7417 | } | |
7418 | } | |
7419 | else | |
7420 | { | |
7421 | // starting within a block: find the bottom of the block | |
7422 | // | |
7423 | while ( row < m_numRows-1 ) | |
7424 | { | |
7425 | row++ ; | |
7426 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7427 | { | |
7428 | row-- ; | |
7429 | break; | |
7430 | } | |
7431 | } | |
7432 | } | |
7433 | ||
7434 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7435 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7436 | { | |
7437 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7438 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7439 | } | |
7440 | else | |
7441 | { | |
7442 | ClearSelection(); | |
7443 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7444 | } | |
7445 | ||
7446 | return TRUE; | |
7447 | } | |
7448 | ||
7449 | return FALSE; | |
7450 | } | |
7451 | ||
7452 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorLeftBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7453 | { | |
7454 | if ( m_table && | |
7455 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7456 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() > 0 ) | |
7457 | { | |
7458 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7459 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7460 | ||
7461 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7462 | { | |
7463 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7464 | // non-empty cells | |
7465 | // | |
7466 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7467 | { | |
7468 | col-- ; | |
7469 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7470 | } | |
7471 | } | |
7472 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col-1) ) | |
7473 | { | |
7474 | // starting at the left of a block: find the next block | |
7475 | // | |
7476 | col--; | |
7477 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7478 | { | |
7479 | col-- ; | |
7480 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7481 | } | |
7482 | } | |
7483 | else | |
7484 | { | |
7485 | // starting within a block: find the left of the block | |
7486 | // | |
7487 | while ( col > 0 ) | |
7488 | { | |
7489 | col-- ; | |
7490 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7491 | { | |
7492 | col++ ; | |
7493 | break; | |
7494 | } | |
7495 | } | |
7496 | } | |
7497 | ||
7498 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7499 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7500 | { | |
7501 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7502 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7503 | } | |
7504 | else | |
7505 | { | |
7506 | ClearSelection(); | |
7507 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7508 | } | |
7509 | ||
7510 | return TRUE; | |
7511 | } | |
7512 | ||
7513 | return FALSE; | |
7514 | } | |
7515 | ||
7516 | bool wxGrid::MoveCursorRightBlock( bool expandSelection ) | |
7517 | { | |
7518 | if ( m_table && | |
7519 | m_currentCellCoords != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
7520 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7521 | { | |
7522 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7523 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7524 | ||
7525 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7526 | { | |
7527 | // starting in an empty cell: find the next block of | |
7528 | // non-empty cells | |
7529 | // | |
7530 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7531 | { | |
7532 | col++ ; | |
7533 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7534 | } | |
7535 | } | |
7536 | else if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col+1) ) | |
7537 | { | |
7538 | // starting at the right of a block: find the next block | |
7539 | // | |
7540 | col++; | |
7541 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7542 | { | |
7543 | col++ ; | |
7544 | if ( !(m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col)) ) break; | |
7545 | } | |
7546 | } | |
7547 | else | |
7548 | { | |
7549 | // starting within a block: find the right of the block | |
7550 | // | |
7551 | while ( col < m_numCols-1 ) | |
7552 | { | |
7553 | col++ ; | |
7554 | if ( m_table->IsEmptyCell(row, col) ) | |
7555 | { | |
7556 | col-- ; | |
7557 | break; | |
7558 | } | |
7559 | } | |
7560 | } | |
7561 | ||
7562 | MakeCellVisible( row, col ); | |
7563 | if ( expandSelection ) | |
7564 | { | |
7565 | m_selectingKeyboard = wxGridCellCoords( row, col ); | |
7566 | HighlightBlock( m_currentCellCoords, m_selectingKeyboard ); | |
7567 | } | |
7568 | else | |
7569 | { | |
7570 | ClearSelection(); | |
7571 | SetCurrentCell( row, col ); | |
7572 | } | |
7573 | ||
7574 | return TRUE; | |
7575 | } | |
7576 | ||
7577 | return FALSE; | |
7578 | } | |
7579 | ||
7580 | ||
7581 | ||
7582 | // | |
7583 | // ------ Label values and formatting | |
7584 | // | |
7585 | ||
7586 | void wxGrid::GetRowLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7587 | { | |
7588 | *horiz = m_rowLabelHorizAlign; | |
7589 | *vert = m_rowLabelVertAlign; | |
7590 | } | |
7591 | ||
7592 | void wxGrid::GetColLabelAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7593 | { | |
7594 | *horiz = m_colLabelHorizAlign; | |
7595 | *vert = m_colLabelVertAlign; | |
7596 | } | |
7597 | ||
7598 | wxString wxGrid::GetRowLabelValue( int row ) | |
7599 | { | |
7600 | if ( m_table ) | |
7601 | { | |
7602 | return m_table->GetRowLabelValue( row ); | |
7603 | } | |
7604 | else | |
7605 | { | |
7606 | wxString s; | |
7607 | s << row; | |
7608 | return s; | |
7609 | } | |
7610 | } | |
7611 | ||
7612 | wxString wxGrid::GetColLabelValue( int col ) | |
7613 | { | |
7614 | if ( m_table ) | |
7615 | { | |
7616 | return m_table->GetColLabelValue( col ); | |
7617 | } | |
7618 | else | |
7619 | { | |
7620 | wxString s; | |
7621 | s << col; | |
7622 | return s; | |
7623 | } | |
7624 | } | |
7625 | ||
7626 | ||
7627 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelSize( int width ) | |
7628 | { | |
7629 | width = wxMax( width, 0 ); | |
7630 | if ( width != m_rowLabelWidth ) | |
7631 | { | |
7632 | if ( width == 0 ) | |
7633 | { | |
7634 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7635 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7636 | } | |
7637 | else if ( m_rowLabelWidth == 0 ) | |
7638 | { | |
7639 | m_rowLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7640 | if ( m_colLabelHeight > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7641 | } | |
7642 | ||
7643 | m_rowLabelWidth = width; | |
7644 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7645 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7646 | } | |
7647 | } | |
7648 | ||
7649 | ||
7650 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelSize( int height ) | |
7651 | { | |
7652 | height = wxMax( height, 0 ); | |
7653 | if ( height != m_colLabelHeight ) | |
7654 | { | |
7655 | if ( height == 0 ) | |
7656 | { | |
7657 | m_colLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7658 | m_cornerLabelWin->Show( FALSE ); | |
7659 | } | |
7660 | else if ( m_colLabelHeight == 0 ) | |
7661 | { | |
7662 | m_colLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7663 | if ( m_rowLabelWidth > 0 ) m_cornerLabelWin->Show( TRUE ); | |
7664 | } | |
7665 | ||
7666 | m_colLabelHeight = height; | |
7667 | CalcWindowSizes(); | |
7668 | Refresh( TRUE ); | |
7669 | } | |
7670 | } | |
7671 | ||
7672 | ||
7673 | void wxGrid::SetLabelBackgroundColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7674 | { | |
7675 | if ( m_labelBackgroundColour != colour ) | |
7676 | { | |
7677 | m_labelBackgroundColour = colour; | |
7678 | m_rowLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7679 | m_colLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7680 | m_cornerLabelWin->SetBackgroundColour( colour ); | |
7681 | ||
7682 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7683 | { | |
7684 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7685 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7686 | m_cornerLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7687 | } | |
7688 | } | |
7689 | } | |
7690 | ||
7691 | void wxGrid::SetLabelTextColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7692 | { | |
7693 | if ( m_labelTextColour != colour ) | |
7694 | { | |
7695 | m_labelTextColour = colour; | |
7696 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7697 | { | |
7698 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7699 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7700 | } | |
7701 | } | |
7702 | } | |
7703 | ||
7704 | void wxGrid::SetLabelFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7705 | { | |
7706 | m_labelFont = font; | |
7707 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7708 | { | |
7709 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7710 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7711 | } | |
7712 | } | |
7713 | ||
7714 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7715 | { | |
7716 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7717 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7718 | { | |
7719 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7720 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7721 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7722 | } | |
7723 | ||
7724 | switch ( vert ) | |
7725 | { | |
7726 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7727 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7728 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7729 | } | |
7730 | ||
7731 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7732 | { | |
7733 | m_rowLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7734 | } | |
7735 | ||
7736 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7737 | { | |
7738 | m_rowLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7739 | } | |
7740 | ||
7741 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7742 | { | |
7743 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7744 | } | |
7745 | } | |
7746 | ||
7747 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7748 | { | |
7749 | // allow old (incorrect) defs to be used | |
7750 | switch ( horiz ) | |
7751 | { | |
7752 | case wxLEFT: horiz = wxALIGN_LEFT; break; | |
7753 | case wxRIGHT: horiz = wxALIGN_RIGHT; break; | |
7754 | case wxCENTRE: horiz = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7755 | } | |
7756 | ||
7757 | switch ( vert ) | |
7758 | { | |
7759 | case wxTOP: vert = wxALIGN_TOP; break; | |
7760 | case wxBOTTOM: vert = wxALIGN_BOTTOM; break; | |
7761 | case wxCENTRE: vert = wxALIGN_CENTRE; break; | |
7762 | } | |
7763 | ||
7764 | if ( horiz == wxALIGN_LEFT || horiz == wxALIGN_CENTRE || horiz == wxALIGN_RIGHT ) | |
7765 | { | |
7766 | m_colLabelHorizAlign = horiz; | |
7767 | } | |
7768 | ||
7769 | if ( vert == wxALIGN_TOP || vert == wxALIGN_CENTRE || vert == wxALIGN_BOTTOM ) | |
7770 | { | |
7771 | m_colLabelVertAlign = vert; | |
7772 | } | |
7773 | ||
7774 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7775 | { | |
7776 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh(); | |
7777 | } | |
7778 | } | |
7779 | ||
7780 | void wxGrid::SetRowLabelValue( int row, const wxString& s ) | |
7781 | { | |
7782 | if ( m_table ) | |
7783 | { | |
7784 | m_table->SetRowLabelValue( row, s ); | |
7785 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7786 | { | |
7787 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( row, 0); | |
7788 | if ( rect.height > 0 ) | |
7789 | { | |
7790 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7791 | rect.x = 0; | |
7792 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
7793 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7794 | } | |
7795 | } | |
7796 | } | |
7797 | } | |
7798 | ||
7799 | void wxGrid::SetColLabelValue( int col, const wxString& s ) | |
7800 | { | |
7801 | if ( m_table ) | |
7802 | { | |
7803 | m_table->SetColLabelValue( col, s ); | |
7804 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7805 | { | |
7806 | wxRect rect = CellToRect( 0, col ); | |
7807 | if ( rect.width > 0 ) | |
7808 | { | |
7809 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &rect.y); | |
7810 | rect.y = 0; | |
7811 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
7812 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
7813 | } | |
7814 | } | |
7815 | } | |
7816 | } | |
7817 | ||
7818 | void wxGrid::SetGridLineColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7819 | { | |
7820 | if ( m_gridLineColour != colour ) | |
7821 | { | |
7822 | m_gridLineColour = colour; | |
7823 | ||
7824 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7825 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7826 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7827 | } | |
7828 | } | |
7829 | ||
7830 | ||
7831 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightColour( const wxColour& colour ) | |
7832 | { | |
7833 | if ( m_cellHighlightColour != colour ) | |
7834 | { | |
7835 | m_cellHighlightColour = colour; | |
7836 | ||
7837 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7838 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7839 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(m_currentCellCoords); | |
7840 | DrawCellHighlight(dc, attr); | |
7841 | attr->DecRef(); | |
7842 | } | |
7843 | } | |
7844 | ||
7845 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightPenWidth(int width) | |
7846 | { | |
7847 | if (m_cellHighlightPenWidth != width) { | |
7848 | m_cellHighlightPenWidth = width; | |
7849 | ||
7850 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7851 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7852 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7853 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7854 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7855 | return; | |
7856 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7857 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7858 | } | |
7859 | } | |
7860 | ||
7861 | void wxGrid::SetCellHighlightROPenWidth(int width) | |
7862 | { | |
7863 | if (m_cellHighlightROPenWidth != width) { | |
7864 | m_cellHighlightROPenWidth = width; | |
7865 | ||
7866 | // Just redrawing the cell highlight is not enough since that won't | |
7867 | // make any visible change if the the thickness is getting smaller. | |
7868 | int row = m_currentCellCoords.GetRow(); | |
7869 | int col = m_currentCellCoords.GetCol(); | |
7870 | if ( GetColWidth(col) <= 0 || GetRowHeight(row) <= 0 ) | |
7871 | return; | |
7872 | wxRect rect = CellToRect(row, col); | |
7873 | m_gridWin->Refresh(TRUE, &rect); | |
7874 | } | |
7875 | } | |
7876 | ||
7877 | void wxGrid::EnableGridLines( bool enable ) | |
7878 | { | |
7879 | if ( enable != m_gridLinesEnabled ) | |
7880 | { | |
7881 | m_gridLinesEnabled = enable; | |
7882 | ||
7883 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
7884 | { | |
7885 | if ( enable ) | |
7886 | { | |
7887 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
7888 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
7889 | DrawAllGridLines( dc, wxRegion() ); | |
7890 | } | |
7891 | else | |
7892 | { | |
7893 | m_gridWin->Refresh(); | |
7894 | } | |
7895 | } | |
7896 | } | |
7897 | } | |
7898 | ||
7899 | ||
7900 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultRowSize() | |
7901 | { | |
7902 | return m_defaultRowHeight; | |
7903 | } | |
7904 | ||
7905 | int wxGrid::GetRowSize( int row ) | |
7906 | { | |
7907 | wxCHECK_MSG( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, 0, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
7908 | ||
7909 | return GetRowHeight(row); | |
7910 | } | |
7911 | ||
7912 | int wxGrid::GetDefaultColSize() | |
7913 | { | |
7914 | return m_defaultColWidth; | |
7915 | } | |
7916 | ||
7917 | int wxGrid::GetColSize( int col ) | |
7918 | { | |
7919 | wxCHECK_MSG( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, 0, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
7920 | ||
7921 | return GetColWidth(col); | |
7922 | } | |
7923 | ||
7924 | // ============================================================================ | |
7925 | // access to the grid attributes: each of them has a default value in the grid | |
7926 | // itself and may be overidden on a per-cell basis | |
7927 | // ============================================================================ | |
7928 | ||
7929 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7930 | // setting default attributes | |
7931 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7932 | ||
7933 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellBackgroundColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7934 | { | |
7935 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7936 | #ifdef __WXGTK__ | |
7937 | m_gridWin->SetBackgroundColour(col); | |
7938 | #endif | |
7939 | } | |
7940 | ||
7941 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellTextColour( const wxColour& col ) | |
7942 | { | |
7943 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetTextColour(col); | |
7944 | } | |
7945 | ||
7946 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellAlignment( int horiz, int vert ) | |
7947 | { | |
7948 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7949 | } | |
7950 | ||
7951 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultCellFont( const wxFont& font ) | |
7952 | { | |
7953 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetFont(font); | |
7954 | } | |
7955 | ||
7956 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRenderer(wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
7957 | { | |
7958 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
7959 | } | |
7960 | ||
7961 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultEditor(wxGridCellEditor *editor) | |
7962 | { | |
7963 | m_defaultCellAttr->SetEditor(editor); | |
7964 | } | |
7965 | ||
7966 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7967 | // access to the default attrbiutes | |
7968 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
7969 | ||
7970 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellBackgroundColour() | |
7971 | { | |
7972 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
7973 | } | |
7974 | ||
7975 | wxColour wxGrid::GetDefaultCellTextColour() | |
7976 | { | |
7977 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetTextColour(); | |
7978 | } | |
7979 | ||
7980 | wxFont wxGrid::GetDefaultCellFont() | |
7981 | { | |
7982 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetFont(); | |
7983 | } | |
7984 | ||
7985 | void wxGrid::GetDefaultCellAlignment( int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
7986 | { | |
7987 | m_defaultCellAttr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
7988 | } | |
7989 | ||
7990 | wxGridCellRenderer *wxGrid::GetDefaultRenderer() const | |
7991 | { | |
7992 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetRenderer(NULL, 0, 0); | |
7993 | } | |
7994 | ||
7995 | wxGridCellEditor *wxGrid::GetDefaultEditor() const | |
7996 | { | |
7997 | return m_defaultCellAttr->GetEditor(NULL,0,0); | |
7998 | } | |
7999 | ||
8000 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8001 | // access to cell attributes | |
8002 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8003 | ||
8004 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellBackgroundColour(int row, int col) | |
8005 | { | |
8006 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8007 | wxColour colour = attr->GetBackgroundColour(); | |
8008 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8009 | return colour; | |
8010 | } | |
8011 | ||
8012 | wxColour wxGrid::GetCellTextColour( int row, int col ) | |
8013 | { | |
8014 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8015 | wxColour colour = attr->GetTextColour(); | |
8016 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8017 | return colour; | |
8018 | } | |
8019 | ||
8020 | wxFont wxGrid::GetCellFont( int row, int col ) | |
8021 | { | |
8022 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8023 | wxFont font = attr->GetFont(); | |
8024 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8025 | return font; | |
8026 | } | |
8027 | ||
8028 | void wxGrid::GetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int *horiz, int *vert ) | |
8029 | { | |
8030 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8031 | attr->GetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8032 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8033 | } | |
8034 | ||
8035 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetCellRenderer(int row, int col) | |
8036 | { | |
8037 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8038 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
8039 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8040 | ||
8041 | return renderer; | |
8042 | } | |
8043 | ||
8044 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetCellEditor(int row, int col) | |
8045 | { | |
8046 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8047 | wxGridCellEditor* editor = attr->GetEditor(this, row, col); | |
8048 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8049 | ||
8050 | return editor; | |
8051 | } | |
8052 | ||
8053 | bool wxGrid::IsReadOnly(int row, int col) const | |
8054 | { | |
8055 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8056 | bool isReadOnly = attr->IsReadOnly(); | |
8057 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8058 | return isReadOnly; | |
8059 | } | |
8060 | ||
8061 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8062 | // attribute support: cache, automatic provider creation, ... | |
8063 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8064 | ||
8065 | bool wxGrid::CanHaveAttributes() | |
8066 | { | |
8067 | if ( !m_table ) | |
8068 | { | |
8069 | return FALSE; | |
8070 | } | |
8071 | ||
8072 | return m_table->CanHaveAttributes(); | |
8073 | } | |
8074 | ||
8075 | void wxGrid::ClearAttrCache() | |
8076 | { | |
8077 | if ( m_attrCache.row != -1 ) | |
8078 | { | |
8079 | wxSafeDecRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
8080 | m_attrCache.attr = NULL; | |
8081 | m_attrCache.row = -1; | |
8082 | } | |
8083 | } | |
8084 | ||
8085 | void wxGrid::CacheAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) const | |
8086 | { | |
8087 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8088 | ||
8089 | self->ClearAttrCache(); | |
8090 | self->m_attrCache.row = row; | |
8091 | self->m_attrCache.col = col; | |
8092 | self->m_attrCache.attr = attr; | |
8093 | wxSafeIncRef(attr); | |
8094 | } | |
8095 | ||
8096 | bool wxGrid::LookupAttr(int row, int col, wxGridCellAttr **attr) const | |
8097 | { | |
8098 | if ( row == m_attrCache.row && col == m_attrCache.col ) | |
8099 | { | |
8100 | *attr = m_attrCache.attr; | |
8101 | wxSafeIncRef(m_attrCache.attr); | |
8102 | ||
8103 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
8104 | gs_nAttrCacheHits++; | |
8105 | #endif | |
8106 | ||
8107 | return TRUE; | |
8108 | } | |
8109 | else | |
8110 | { | |
8111 | #ifdef DEBUG_ATTR_CACHE | |
8112 | gs_nAttrCacheMisses++; | |
8113 | #endif | |
8114 | return FALSE; | |
8115 | } | |
8116 | } | |
8117 | ||
8118 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8119 | { | |
8120 | wxGridCellAttr *attr; | |
8121 | if ( !LookupAttr(row, col, &attr) ) | |
8122 | { | |
8123 | attr = m_table ? m_table->GetAttr(row, col , wxGridCellAttr::Any) : (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8124 | CacheAttr(row, col, attr); | |
8125 | } | |
8126 | if (attr) | |
8127 | { | |
8128 | attr->SetDefAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8129 | } | |
8130 | else | |
8131 | { | |
8132 | attr = m_defaultCellAttr; | |
8133 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8134 | } | |
8135 | ||
8136 | return attr; | |
8137 | } | |
8138 | ||
8139 | wxGridCellAttr *wxGrid::GetOrCreateCellAttr(int row, int col) const | |
8140 | { | |
8141 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8142 | ||
8143 | wxCHECK_MSG( m_table, attr, | |
8144 | _T("we may only be called if CanHaveAttributes() returned TRUE and then m_table should be !NULL") ); | |
8145 | ||
8146 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(row, col, wxGridCellAttr::Cell); | |
8147 | if ( !attr ) | |
8148 | { | |
8149 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr(m_defaultCellAttr); | |
8150 | ||
8151 | // artificially inc the ref count to match DecRef() in caller | |
8152 | attr->IncRef(); | |
8153 | m_table->SetAttr(attr, row, col); | |
8154 | } | |
8155 | ||
8156 | return attr; | |
8157 | } | |
8158 | ||
8159 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8160 | // setting column attributes (wrappers around SetColAttr) | |
8161 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8162 | ||
8163 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatBool(int col) | |
8164 | { | |
8165 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_BOOL); | |
8166 | } | |
8167 | ||
8168 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatNumber(int col) | |
8169 | { | |
8170 | SetColFormatCustom(col, wxGRID_VALUE_NUMBER); | |
8171 | } | |
8172 | ||
8173 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatFloat(int col, int width, int precision) | |
8174 | { | |
8175 | wxString typeName = wxGRID_VALUE_FLOAT; | |
8176 | if ( (width != -1) || (precision != -1) ) | |
8177 | { | |
8178 | typeName << _T(':') << width << _T(',') << precision; | |
8179 | } | |
8180 | ||
8181 | SetColFormatCustom(col, typeName); | |
8182 | } | |
8183 | ||
8184 | void wxGrid::SetColFormatCustom(int col, const wxString& typeName) | |
8185 | { | |
8186 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = (wxGridCellAttr *)NULL; | |
8187 | ||
8188 | attr = m_table->GetAttr(-1, col, wxGridCellAttr::Col ); | |
8189 | if(!attr) | |
8190 | attr = new wxGridCellAttr; | |
8191 | wxGridCellRenderer *renderer = GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8192 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8193 | ||
8194 | SetColAttr(col, attr); | |
8195 | ||
8196 | } | |
8197 | ||
8198 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8199 | // setting cell attributes: this is forwarded to the table | |
8200 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8201 | ||
8202 | void wxGrid::SetRowAttr(int row, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8203 | { | |
8204 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8205 | { | |
8206 | m_table->SetRowAttr(attr, row); | |
8207 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8208 | } | |
8209 | else | |
8210 | { | |
8211 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8212 | } | |
8213 | } | |
8214 | ||
8215 | void wxGrid::SetColAttr(int col, wxGridCellAttr *attr) | |
8216 | { | |
8217 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8218 | { | |
8219 | m_table->SetColAttr(attr, col); | |
8220 | ClearAttrCache(); | |
8221 | } | |
8222 | else | |
8223 | { | |
8224 | wxSafeDecRef(attr); | |
8225 | } | |
8226 | } | |
8227 | ||
8228 | void wxGrid::SetCellBackgroundColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8229 | { | |
8230 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8231 | { | |
8232 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8233 | attr->SetBackgroundColour(colour); | |
8234 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8235 | } | |
8236 | } | |
8237 | ||
8238 | void wxGrid::SetCellTextColour( int row, int col, const wxColour& colour ) | |
8239 | { | |
8240 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8241 | { | |
8242 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8243 | attr->SetTextColour(colour); | |
8244 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8245 | } | |
8246 | } | |
8247 | ||
8248 | void wxGrid::SetCellFont( int row, int col, const wxFont& font ) | |
8249 | { | |
8250 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8251 | { | |
8252 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8253 | attr->SetFont(font); | |
8254 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8255 | } | |
8256 | } | |
8257 | ||
8258 | void wxGrid::SetCellAlignment( int row, int col, int horiz, int vert ) | |
8259 | { | |
8260 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8261 | { | |
8262 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8263 | attr->SetAlignment(horiz, vert); | |
8264 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8265 | } | |
8266 | } | |
8267 | ||
8268 | void wxGrid::SetCellRenderer(int row, int col, wxGridCellRenderer *renderer) | |
8269 | { | |
8270 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8271 | { | |
8272 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8273 | attr->SetRenderer(renderer); | |
8274 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8275 | } | |
8276 | } | |
8277 | ||
8278 | void wxGrid::SetCellEditor(int row, int col, wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8279 | { | |
8280 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8281 | { | |
8282 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8283 | attr->SetEditor(editor); | |
8284 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8285 | } | |
8286 | } | |
8287 | ||
8288 | void wxGrid::SetReadOnly(int row, int col, bool isReadOnly) | |
8289 | { | |
8290 | if ( CanHaveAttributes() ) | |
8291 | { | |
8292 | wxGridCellAttr *attr = GetOrCreateCellAttr(row, col); | |
8293 | attr->SetReadOnly(isReadOnly); | |
8294 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8295 | } | |
8296 | } | |
8297 | ||
8298 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8299 | // Data type registration | |
8300 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8301 | ||
8302 | void wxGrid::RegisterDataType(const wxString& typeName, | |
8303 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer, | |
8304 | wxGridCellEditor* editor) | |
8305 | { | |
8306 | m_typeRegistry->RegisterDataType(typeName, renderer, editor); | |
8307 | } | |
8308 | ||
8309 | ||
8310 | wxGridCellEditor* wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8311 | { | |
8312 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8313 | return GetDefaultEditorForType(typeName); | |
8314 | } | |
8315 | ||
8316 | wxGridCellRenderer* wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForCell(int row, int col) const | |
8317 | { | |
8318 | wxString typeName = m_table->GetTypeName(row, col); | |
8319 | return GetDefaultRendererForType(typeName); | |
8320 | } | |
8321 | ||
8322 | wxGridCellEditor* | |
8323 | wxGrid::GetDefaultEditorForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8324 | { | |
8325 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8326 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8327 | { | |
8328 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8329 | ||
8330 | return NULL; | |
8331 | } | |
8332 | ||
8333 | return m_typeRegistry->GetEditor(index); | |
8334 | } | |
8335 | ||
8336 | wxGridCellRenderer* | |
8337 | wxGrid::GetDefaultRendererForType(const wxString& typeName) const | |
8338 | { | |
8339 | int index = m_typeRegistry->FindOrCloneDataType(typeName); | |
8340 | if ( index == wxNOT_FOUND ) | |
8341 | { | |
8342 | wxFAIL_MSG(wxT("Unknown data type name")); | |
8343 | ||
8344 | return NULL; | |
8345 | } | |
8346 | ||
8347 | return m_typeRegistry->GetRenderer(index); | |
8348 | } | |
8349 | ||
8350 | ||
8351 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8352 | // row/col size | |
8353 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8354 | ||
8355 | void wxGrid::EnableDragRowSize( bool enable ) | |
8356 | { | |
8357 | m_canDragRowSize = enable; | |
8358 | } | |
8359 | ||
8360 | ||
8361 | void wxGrid::EnableDragColSize( bool enable ) | |
8362 | { | |
8363 | m_canDragColSize = enable; | |
8364 | } | |
8365 | ||
8366 | void wxGrid::EnableDragGridSize( bool enable ) | |
8367 | { | |
8368 | m_canDragGridSize = enable; | |
8369 | } | |
8370 | ||
8371 | ||
8372 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultRowSize( int height, bool resizeExistingRows ) | |
8373 | { | |
8374 | m_defaultRowHeight = wxMax( height, WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT ); | |
8375 | ||
8376 | if ( resizeExistingRows ) | |
8377 | { | |
8378 | // since we are resizing all rows to the default row size, | |
8379 | // we can simply clear the row heights and row bottoms | |
8380 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
8381 | // some speed optimisations) | |
8382 | m_rowHeights.Empty(); | |
8383 | m_rowBottoms.Empty(); | |
8384 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8385 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8386 | } | |
8387 | } | |
8388 | ||
8389 | void wxGrid::SetRowSize( int row, int height ) | |
8390 | { | |
8391 | wxCHECK_RET( row >= 0 && row < m_numRows, _T("invalid row index") ); | |
8392 | ||
8393 | if ( m_rowHeights.IsEmpty() ) | |
8394 | { | |
8395 | // need to really create the array | |
8396 | InitRowHeights(); | |
8397 | } | |
8398 | ||
8399 | int h = wxMax( 0, height ); | |
8400 | int diff = h - m_rowHeights[row]; | |
8401 | ||
8402 | m_rowHeights[row] = h; | |
8403 | int i; | |
8404 | for ( i = row; i < m_numRows; i++ ) | |
8405 | { | |
8406 | m_rowBottoms[i] += diff; | |
8407 | } | |
8408 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8409 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8410 | } | |
8411 | ||
8412 | void wxGrid::SetDefaultColSize( int width, bool resizeExistingCols ) | |
8413 | { | |
8414 | m_defaultColWidth = wxMax( width, WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH ); | |
8415 | ||
8416 | if ( resizeExistingCols ) | |
8417 | { | |
8418 | // since we are resizing all columns to the default column size, | |
8419 | // we can simply clear the col widths and col rights | |
8420 | // arrays (which also allows us to take advantage of | |
8421 | // some speed optimisations) | |
8422 | m_colWidths.Empty(); | |
8423 | m_colRights.Empty(); | |
8424 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8425 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8426 | } | |
8427 | } | |
8428 | ||
8429 | void wxGrid::SetColSize( int col, int width ) | |
8430 | { | |
8431 | wxCHECK_RET( col >= 0 && col < m_numCols, _T("invalid column index") ); | |
8432 | ||
8433 | // should we check that it's bigger than GetColMinimalWidth(col) here? | |
8434 | ||
8435 | if ( m_colWidths.IsEmpty() ) | |
8436 | { | |
8437 | // need to really create the array | |
8438 | InitColWidths(); | |
8439 | } | |
8440 | ||
8441 | int w = wxMax( 0, width ); | |
8442 | int diff = w - m_colWidths[col]; | |
8443 | m_colWidths[col] = w; | |
8444 | ||
8445 | int i; | |
8446 | for ( i = col; i < m_numCols; i++ ) | |
8447 | { | |
8448 | m_colRights[i] += diff; | |
8449 | } | |
8450 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8451 | CalcDimensions(); | |
8452 | } | |
8453 | ||
8454 | ||
8455 | void wxGrid::SetColMinimalWidth( int col, int width ) | |
8456 | { | |
8457 | m_colMinWidths.Put(col, width); | |
8458 | } | |
8459 | ||
8460 | void wxGrid::SetRowMinimalHeight( int row, int width ) | |
8461 | { | |
8462 | m_rowMinHeights.Put(row, width); | |
8463 | } | |
8464 | ||
8465 | int wxGrid::GetColMinimalWidth(int col) const | |
8466 | { | |
8467 | long value = m_colMinWidths.Get(col); | |
8468 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_COL_WIDTH; | |
8469 | } | |
8470 | ||
8471 | int wxGrid::GetRowMinimalHeight(int row) const | |
8472 | { | |
8473 | long value = m_rowMinHeights.Get(row); | |
8474 | return value != wxNOT_FOUND ? (int)value : WXGRID_MIN_ROW_HEIGHT; | |
8475 | } | |
8476 | ||
8477 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8478 | // auto sizing | |
8479 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8480 | ||
8481 | void wxGrid::AutoSizeColOrRow( int colOrRow, bool setAsMin, bool column ) | |
8482 | { | |
8483 | wxClientDC dc(m_gridWin); | |
8484 | ||
8485 | // init both of them to avoid compiler warnings, even if weo nly need one | |
8486 | int row = -1, | |
8487 | col = -1; | |
8488 | if ( column ) | |
8489 | col = colOrRow; | |
8490 | else | |
8491 | row = colOrRow; | |
8492 | ||
8493 | wxCoord extent, extentMax = 0; | |
8494 | int max = column ? m_numRows : m_numCols; | |
8495 | for ( int rowOrCol = 0; rowOrCol < max; rowOrCol++ ) | |
8496 | { | |
8497 | if ( column ) | |
8498 | row = rowOrCol; | |
8499 | else | |
8500 | col = rowOrCol; | |
8501 | ||
8502 | wxGridCellAttr* attr = GetCellAttr(row, col); | |
8503 | wxGridCellRenderer* renderer = attr->GetRenderer(this, row, col); | |
8504 | if ( renderer ) | |
8505 | { | |
8506 | wxSize size = renderer->GetBestSize(*this, *attr, dc, row, col); | |
8507 | extent = column ? size.x : size.y; | |
8508 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8509 | { | |
8510 | extentMax = extent; | |
8511 | } | |
8512 | ||
8513 | renderer->DecRef(); | |
8514 | } | |
8515 | ||
8516 | attr->DecRef(); | |
8517 | } | |
8518 | ||
8519 | // now also compare with the column label extent | |
8520 | wxCoord w, h; | |
8521 | dc.SetFont( GetLabelFont() ); | |
8522 | ||
8523 | if ( column ) | |
8524 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetColLabelValue(col), &w, &h ); | |
8525 | else | |
8526 | dc.GetTextExtent( GetRowLabelValue(row), &w, &h ); | |
8527 | ||
8528 | extent = column ? w : h; | |
8529 | if ( extent > extentMax ) | |
8530 | { | |
8531 | extentMax = extent; | |
8532 | } | |
8533 | ||
8534 | if ( !extentMax ) | |
8535 | { | |
8536 | // empty column - give default extent (notice that if extentMax is less | |
8537 | // than default extent but != 0, it's ok) | |
8538 | extentMax = column ? m_defaultColWidth : m_defaultRowHeight; | |
8539 | } | |
8540 | else | |
8541 | { | |
8542 | if ( column ) | |
8543 | { | |
8544 | // leave some space around text | |
8545 | extentMax += 10; | |
8546 | } | |
8547 | else | |
8548 | { | |
8549 | extentMax += 6; | |
8550 | } | |
8551 | } | |
8552 | ||
8553 | if ( column ) | |
8554 | { | |
8555 | SetColSize(col, extentMax); | |
8556 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8557 | { | |
8558 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8559 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8560 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( 0, col ) ); | |
8561 | rect.y = 0; | |
8562 | CalcScrolledPosition(rect.x, 0, &rect.x, &dummy); | |
8563 | rect.width = cw - rect.x; | |
8564 | rect.height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8565 | m_colLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8566 | } | |
8567 | } | |
8568 | else | |
8569 | { | |
8570 | SetRowSize(row, extentMax); | |
8571 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8572 | { | |
8573 | int cw, ch, dummy; | |
8574 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8575 | wxRect rect ( CellToRect( row, 0 ) ); | |
8576 | rect.x = 0; | |
8577 | CalcScrolledPosition(0, rect.y, &dummy, &rect.y); | |
8578 | rect.width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8579 | rect.height = ch - rect.y; | |
8580 | m_rowLabelWin->Refresh( TRUE, &rect ); | |
8581 | } | |
8582 | } | |
8583 | if ( setAsMin ) | |
8584 | { | |
8585 | if ( column ) | |
8586 | SetColMinimalWidth(col, extentMax); | |
8587 | else | |
8588 | SetRowMinimalHeight(row, extentMax); | |
8589 | } | |
8590 | } | |
8591 | ||
8592 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcColumnSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8593 | { | |
8594 | int width = m_rowLabelWidth; | |
8595 | ||
8596 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8597 | BeginBatch(); | |
8598 | ||
8599 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
8600 | { | |
8601 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8602 | { | |
8603 | AutoSizeColumn(col, setAsMin); | |
8604 | } | |
8605 | ||
8606 | width += GetColWidth(col); | |
8607 | } | |
8608 | ||
8609 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8610 | EndBatch(); | |
8611 | ||
8612 | return width; | |
8613 | } | |
8614 | ||
8615 | int wxGrid::SetOrCalcRowSizes(bool calcOnly, bool setAsMin) | |
8616 | { | |
8617 | int height = m_colLabelHeight; | |
8618 | ||
8619 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8620 | BeginBatch(); | |
8621 | ||
8622 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
8623 | { | |
8624 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8625 | { | |
8626 | AutoSizeRow(row, setAsMin); | |
8627 | } | |
8628 | ||
8629 | height += GetRowHeight(row); | |
8630 | } | |
8631 | ||
8632 | if ( !calcOnly ) | |
8633 | EndBatch(); | |
8634 | ||
8635 | return height; | |
8636 | } | |
8637 | ||
8638 | void wxGrid::AutoSize() | |
8639 | { | |
8640 | BeginBatch(); | |
8641 | ||
8642 | wxSize size(SetOrCalcColumnSizes(FALSE), SetOrCalcRowSizes(FALSE)); | |
8643 | ||
8644 | // round up the size to a multiple of scroll step - this ensures that we | |
8645 | // won't get the scrollbars if we're sized exactly to this width | |
8646 | wxSize sizeFit(GetScrollX(size.x) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_X, | |
8647 | GetScrollY(size.y) * GRID_SCROLL_LINE_Y); | |
8648 | ||
8649 | // distribute the extra space between teh columns/rows to avoid having | |
8650 | // extra white space | |
8651 | wxCoord diff = sizeFit.x - size.x; | |
8652 | if ( diff ) | |
8653 | { | |
8654 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
8655 | wxCoord diffPerCol = diff / m_numCols; | |
8656 | if ( diffPerCol ) | |
8657 | { | |
8658 | for ( int col = 0; col < m_numCols; col++ ) | |
8659 | { | |
8660 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + diffPerCol); | |
8661 | } | |
8662 | } | |
8663 | ||
8664 | // add remaining amount to the last columns | |
8665 | diff -= diffPerCol * m_numCols; | |
8666 | if ( diff ) | |
8667 | { | |
8668 | for ( int col = m_numCols - 1; col >= m_numCols - diff; col-- ) | |
8669 | { | |
8670 | SetColSize(col, GetColWidth(col) + 1); | |
8671 | } | |
8672 | } | |
8673 | } | |
8674 | ||
8675 | // same for rows | |
8676 | diff = sizeFit.y - size.y; | |
8677 | if ( diff ) | |
8678 | { | |
8679 | // try to resize the columns uniformly | |
8680 | wxCoord diffPerRow = diff / m_numRows; | |
8681 | if ( diffPerRow ) | |
8682 | { | |
8683 | for ( int row = 0; row < m_numRows; row++ ) | |
8684 | { | |
8685 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + diffPerRow); | |
8686 | } | |
8687 | } | |
8688 | ||
8689 | // add remaining amount to the last rows | |
8690 | diff -= diffPerRow * m_numRows; | |
8691 | if ( diff ) | |
8692 | { | |
8693 | for ( int row = m_numRows - 1; row >= m_numRows - diff; row-- ) | |
8694 | { | |
8695 | SetRowSize(row, GetRowHeight(row) + 1); | |
8696 | } | |
8697 | } | |
8698 | } | |
8699 | ||
8700 | EndBatch(); | |
8701 | ||
8702 | SetClientSize(sizeFit); | |
8703 | } | |
8704 | ||
8705 | wxSize wxGrid::DoGetBestSize() const | |
8706 | { | |
8707 | // don't set sizes, only calculate them | |
8708 | wxGrid *self = (wxGrid *)this; // const_cast | |
8709 | ||
8710 | return wxSize(self->SetOrCalcColumnSizes(TRUE), | |
8711 | self->SetOrCalcRowSizes(TRUE)); | |
8712 | } | |
8713 | ||
8714 | void wxGrid::Fit() | |
8715 | { | |
8716 | AutoSize(); | |
8717 | } | |
8718 | ||
8719 | ||
8720 | wxPen& wxGrid::GetDividerPen() const | |
8721 | { | |
8722 | return wxNullPen; | |
8723 | } | |
8724 | ||
8725 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8726 | // cell value accessor functions | |
8727 | // ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- | |
8728 | ||
8729 | void wxGrid::SetCellValue( int row, int col, const wxString& s ) | |
8730 | { | |
8731 | if ( m_table ) | |
8732 | { | |
8733 | m_table->SetValue( row, col, s ); | |
8734 | if ( !GetBatchCount() ) | |
8735 | { | |
8736 | wxClientDC dc( m_gridWin ); | |
8737 | PrepareDC( dc ); | |
8738 | DrawCell( dc, wxGridCellCoords(row, col) ); | |
8739 | } | |
8740 | ||
8741 | if ( m_currentCellCoords.GetRow() == row && | |
8742 | m_currentCellCoords.GetCol() == col && | |
8743 | IsCellEditControlShown()) | |
8744 | // Note: If we are using IsCellEditControlEnabled, | |
8745 | // this interacts badly with calling SetCellValue from | |
8746 | // an EVT_GRID_CELL_CHANGE handler. | |
8747 | { | |
8748 | HideCellEditControl(); | |
8749 | ShowCellEditControl(); // will reread data from table | |
8750 | } | |
8751 | } | |
8752 | } | |
8753 | ||
8754 | ||
8755 | // | |
8756 | // ------ Block, row and col selection | |
8757 | // | |
8758 | ||
8759 | void wxGrid::SelectRow( int row, bool addToSelected ) | |
8760 | { | |
8761 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8762 | ClearSelection(); | |
8763 | ||
8764 | m_selection->SelectRow( row, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8765 | } | |
8766 | ||
8767 | ||
8768 | void wxGrid::SelectCol( int col, bool addToSelected ) | |
8769 | { | |
8770 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8771 | ClearSelection(); | |
8772 | ||
8773 | m_selection->SelectCol( col, FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8774 | } | |
8775 | ||
8776 | ||
8777 | void wxGrid::SelectBlock( int topRow, int leftCol, int bottomRow, int rightCol, | |
8778 | bool addToSelected ) | |
8779 | { | |
8780 | if ( IsSelection() && !addToSelected ) | |
8781 | ClearSelection(); | |
8782 | ||
8783 | m_selection->SelectBlock( topRow, leftCol, bottomRow, rightCol, | |
8784 | FALSE, addToSelected ); | |
8785 | } | |
8786 | ||
8787 | ||
8788 | void wxGrid::SelectAll() | |
8789 | { | |
8790 | if ( m_numRows > 0 && m_numCols > 0 ) | |
8791 | m_selection->SelectBlock( 0, 0, m_numRows-1, m_numCols-1 ); | |
8792 | } | |
8793 | ||
8794 | // | |
8795 | // ------ Cell, row and col deselection | |
8796 | // | |
8797 | ||
8798 | void wxGrid::DeselectRow( int row ) | |
8799 | { | |
8800 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectRows ) | |
8801 | { | |
8802 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, 0 ) ) | |
8803 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, 0); | |
8804 | } | |
8805 | else | |
8806 | { | |
8807 | int nCols = GetNumberCols(); | |
8808 | for ( int i = 0; i < nCols ; i++ ) | |
8809 | { | |
8810 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, i ) ) | |
8811 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( row, i); | |
8812 | } | |
8813 | } | |
8814 | } | |
8815 | ||
8816 | void wxGrid::DeselectCol( int col ) | |
8817 | { | |
8818 | if ( m_selection->GetSelectionMode() == wxGrid::wxGridSelectColumns ) | |
8819 | { | |
8820 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(0, col ) ) | |
8821 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection( 0, col); | |
8822 | } | |
8823 | else | |
8824 | { | |
8825 | int nRows = GetNumberRows(); | |
8826 | for ( int i = 0; i < nRows ; i++ ) | |
8827 | { | |
8828 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(i, col ) ) | |
8829 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(i, col); | |
8830 | } | |
8831 | } | |
8832 | } | |
8833 | ||
8834 | void wxGrid::DeselectCell( int row, int col ) | |
8835 | { | |
8836 | if ( m_selection->IsInSelection(row, col) ) | |
8837 | m_selection->ToggleCellSelection(row, col); | |
8838 | } | |
8839 | ||
8840 | bool wxGrid::IsSelection() | |
8841 | { | |
8842 | return ( m_selection->IsSelection() || | |
8843 | ( m_selectingTopLeft != wxGridNoCellCoords && | |
8844 | m_selectingBottomRight != wxGridNoCellCoords ) ); | |
8845 | } | |
8846 | ||
8847 | bool wxGrid::IsInSelection( int row, int col ) | |
8848 | { | |
8849 | return ( m_selection->IsInSelection( row, col ) || | |
8850 | ( row >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetRow() && | |
8851 | col >= m_selectingTopLeft.GetCol() && | |
8852 | row <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetRow() && | |
8853 | col <= m_selectingBottomRight.GetCol() ) ); | |
8854 | } | |
8855 | ||
8856 | void wxGrid::ClearSelection() | |
8857 | { | |
8858 | m_selectingTopLeft = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8859 | m_selectingBottomRight = wxGridNoCellCoords; | |
8860 | m_selection->ClearSelection(); | |
8861 | } | |
8862 | ||
8863 | ||
8864 | // This function returns the rectangle that encloses the given block | |
8865 | // in device coords clipped to the client size of the grid window. | |
8866 | // | |
8867 | wxRect wxGrid::BlockToDeviceRect( const wxGridCellCoords &topLeft, | |
8868 | const wxGridCellCoords &bottomRight ) | |
8869 | { | |
8870 | wxRect rect( wxGridNoCellRect ); | |
8871 | wxRect cellRect; | |
8872 | ||
8873 | cellRect = CellToRect( topLeft ); | |
8874 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8875 | { | |
8876 | rect = cellRect; | |
8877 | } | |
8878 | else | |
8879 | { | |
8880 | rect = wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0 ); | |
8881 | } | |
8882 | ||
8883 | cellRect = CellToRect( bottomRight ); | |
8884 | if ( cellRect != wxGridNoCellRect ) | |
8885 | { | |
8886 | rect += cellRect; | |
8887 | } | |
8888 | else | |
8889 | { | |
8890 | return wxGridNoCellRect; | |
8891 | } | |
8892 | ||
8893 | // convert to scrolled coords | |
8894 | // | |
8895 | int left, top, right, bottom; | |
8896 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetLeft(), rect.GetTop(), &left, &top ); | |
8897 | CalcScrolledPosition( rect.GetRight(), rect.GetBottom(), &right, &bottom ); | |
8898 | ||
8899 | int cw, ch; | |
8900 | m_gridWin->GetClientSize( &cw, &ch ); | |
8901 | ||
8902 | if (right < 0 || bottom < 0 || left > cw || top > ch) | |
8903 | return wxRect( 0, 0, 0, 0); | |
8904 | ||
8905 | rect.SetLeft( wxMax(0, left) ); | |
8906 | rect.SetTop( wxMax(0, top) ); | |
8907 | rect.SetRight( wxMin(cw, right) ); | |
8908 | rect.SetBottom( wxMin(ch, bottom) ); | |
8909 | ||
8910 | return rect; | |
8911 | } | |
8912 | ||
8913 | ||
8914 | ||
8915 | // | |
8916 | // ------ Grid event classes | |
8917 | // | |
8918 | ||
8919 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8920 | ||
8921 | wxGridEvent::wxGridEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8922 | int row, int col, int x, int y, bool sel, | |
8923 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8924 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8925 | { | |
8926 | m_row = row; | |
8927 | m_col = col; | |
8928 | m_x = x; | |
8929 | m_y = y; | |
8930 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8931 | m_control = control; | |
8932 | m_shift = shift; | |
8933 | m_alt = alt; | |
8934 | m_meta = meta; | |
8935 | ||
8936 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8937 | } | |
8938 | ||
8939 | ||
8940 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridSizeEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8941 | ||
8942 | wxGridSizeEvent::wxGridSizeEvent( int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8943 | int rowOrCol, int x, int y, | |
8944 | bool control, bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8945 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8946 | { | |
8947 | m_rowOrCol = rowOrCol; | |
8948 | m_x = x; | |
8949 | m_y = y; | |
8950 | m_control = control; | |
8951 | m_shift = shift; | |
8952 | m_alt = alt; | |
8953 | m_meta = meta; | |
8954 | ||
8955 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8956 | } | |
8957 | ||
8958 | ||
8959 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS( wxGridRangeSelectEvent, wxNotifyEvent ) | |
8960 | ||
8961 | wxGridRangeSelectEvent::wxGridRangeSelectEvent(int id, wxEventType type, wxObject* obj, | |
8962 | const wxGridCellCoords& topLeft, | |
8963 | const wxGridCellCoords& bottomRight, | |
8964 | bool sel, bool control, | |
8965 | bool shift, bool alt, bool meta ) | |
8966 | : wxNotifyEvent( type, id ) | |
8967 | { | |
8968 | m_topLeft = topLeft; | |
8969 | m_bottomRight = bottomRight; | |
8970 | m_selecting = sel; | |
8971 | m_control = control; | |
8972 | m_shift = shift; | |
8973 | m_alt = alt; | |
8974 | m_meta = meta; | |
8975 | ||
8976 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8977 | } | |
8978 | ||
8979 | ||
8980 | IMPLEMENT_DYNAMIC_CLASS(wxGridEditorCreatedEvent, wxCommandEvent) | |
8981 | ||
8982 | wxGridEditorCreatedEvent::wxGridEditorCreatedEvent(int id, wxEventType type, | |
8983 | wxObject* obj, int row, | |
8984 | int col, wxControl* ctrl) | |
8985 | : wxCommandEvent(type, id) | |
8986 | { | |
8987 | SetEventObject(obj); | |
8988 | m_row = row; | |
8989 | m_col = col; | |
8990 | m_ctrl = ctrl; | |
8991 | } | |
8992 | ||
8993 | ||
8994 | #endif // !wxUSE_NEW_GRID/wxUSE_NEW_GRID | |
8995 | ||
8996 | #endif // wxUSE_GRID | |
8997 |